# CommandSection

title: TYPICAL USE CASES
content:
<b>lzop</b> is frequently used for:<br><ul><li>Compressing large log files where fast archiving and access are more important than disk space savings.</li><li>Temporary data storage where data needs to be quickly written and read back.</li><li>Real-time data streams or embedded systems where low latency and high throughput are essential.</li><li>As a component in backup solutions where backup window is critical.</li></ul>


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>lzop</b> is part of the LZO (Lempel-Ziv-Oberhumer) compression library, developed by Markus F.X.J. Oberhumer. The LZO algorithm and its associated tools, including <b>lzop</b>, were designed from the outset with a strong emphasis on speed, making them popular choices for embedded systems, real-time data processing, and applications where fast compression/decompression is paramount, rather than maximum compression density.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-D</b> <I>name</I>[=<I>value</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines a macro <I>name</I> with the specified <I>value</I> before processing any input files. If <I>value</I> is omitted, it defaults to an empty string.<br><br><b><b>-U</b> <I>name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Undefines a macro <I>name</I> before processing any input files, overriding any previous definitions.<br><br><b><b>-I</b> <I>directory</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds <I>directory</I> to the list of directories to be searched for included files. This is useful for organizing macro libraries.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--sync-output</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Synchronizes output with input, ensuring that output lines appear in the same order relative to non-macro-expanded lines as their corresponding input lines.<br><br><b><b>-G</b>, <b>--traditional</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operates in a mode that attempts to mimic the behavior of traditional Unix <b>m4</b>, particularly regarding whitespace handling and macro arguments. Useful for compatibility.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>m4</b> command is a powerful general-purpose macro processor, available on most Unix-like operating systems. It reads input text, expanding macros as it encounters them, and writes the processed output to standard output.<br><br>Developed by Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Labs, <b>m4</b> excels at text transformation, allowing users to define and manipulate macros that can perform tasks such as text substitution, conditional processing, arithmetic operations, and file inclusion. Its recursive macro expansion capabilities make it highly versatile for generating repetitive text, creating custom configuration files, or even generating source code.<br><br>While not directly a programming language, <b>m4</b>'s ability to manipulate text streams based on complex rules makes it an invaluable tool in various development workflows, most notably as a core component of the GNU Autoconf build system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The syntax of <b>m4</b> can be unintuitive and sensitive to whitespace, making complex macro definitions challenging to write and debug. Improper use of quoting can lead to unexpected macro expansion or infinite recursion. Debugging <b>m4</b> scripts often requires careful tracing of macro expansions, which can be verbose.


title: MACRO DEFINITION AND INVOCATION
content:
Macros are defined using the built-in <b>define</b> macro, for example: <b>define(<I>name</I>, <I>value</I>)</b>. When <b>m4</b> encounters <I>name</I> in the input, it replaces it with <I>value</I>. Invoking a macro is as simple as typing its name. Arguments can be passed by separating them with commas, like <b><I>macro_name</I>(<I>arg1</I>, <I>arg2</I>)</b>.


title: QUOTING
content:
To prevent immediate expansion of text, <b>m4</b> uses quoting. By default, the quote characters are backtick (<b>`</b>) and apostrophe (<b>'</b>). For example, <b>`define`</b> prevents the literal string 'define' from being interpreted as the built-in macro. The quote characters themselves can be changed using <b>changequote</b>, which is often done to avoid conflicts with programming language syntax.


title: BUILT-IN MACROS
content:
<b>m4</b> provides numerous built-in macros for various functionalities beyond simple text substitution. Examples include: <b><I>ifelse</I>(<I>condition</I>, <I>then_text</I>, <I>else_text</I>)</b> for conditionals, <b><I>eval</I>(<I>expression</I>)</b> for arithmetic evaluation, <b><I>include</I>(<I>file</I>)</b> for incorporating content from other files, and <b><I>dnl</I></b> (delete to newline) for discarding the rest of the current input line, which is crucial for managing whitespace.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>m4</b> was developed by Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie at Bell Labs in 1977. It emerged from the need for a general-purpose macro processor, influenced by earlier tools like GPM. It became a standard part of Unix systems and gained significant prominence through its integration into the GNU Autoconf build system, where it's used to generate portable shell scripts for configuring software packages.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>m4b-tool</i> [GLOBAL_OPTIONS] &lt;COMMAND&gt; [COMMAND_OPTIONS] [ARGUMENTS]<br><br>Common commands:<br><b>merge</b>: Combine audio files into an M4B audiobook.<br><b>re-encode</b>: Re-encode an existing audio file.<br><b>tag</b>: Add or modify metadata tags of an M4B file.<br><b>chapters</b>: Manage or export chapter information.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>Global Options:</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><br><b><b>-v, --verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increase output verbosity.<br><br><b><b>-d, --debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show debug output for troubleshooting.<br><br><b><b>-f, --force</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite existing files without prompting.<br><br><b><b>--dry-run</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Simulate actions without making actual changes.<br><br><b><b>--skip-update</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skip checking for new <i>m4b-tool</i> versions.<br><br><b><b>Merge Command Options:</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><br><b><b>-o, --output-file &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output M4B filename.<br><br><b><b>-a, --audio-codec &lt;CODEC&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audio codec (e.g., aac, libopus, copy). Using 'copy' avoids re-encoding.<br><br><b><b>-b, --bitrate &lt;BITRATE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audio bitrate (e.g., 64k, 128k).<br><br><b><b>--volume-normalization</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Normalize audio volume across all input files to a consistent level.<br><br><b><b>--tag-author &lt;AUTHOR&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audiobook author tag.<br><br><b><b>--tag-title &lt;TITLE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audiobook title tag.<br><br><b><b>--tag-genre &lt;GENRE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audiobook genre tag.<br><br><b><b>--tag-cover &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Embed cover art from an image file (e.g., JPG, PNG).<br><br><b><b>--chapter-file &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provide an external file for defining chapters (e.g., TXT, JSON).<br><br><b><b>--output-format &lt;FORMAT&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify output container format (e.g., m4b, m4a, mp3).<br><br><b><b>--optimize</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Optimize the M4B file for streaming and playback.<br><br><b><b>Re-encode Command Options:</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><br><b><b>-o, --output-file &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output filename for the re-encoded audio.<br><br><b><b>-a, --audio-codec &lt;CODEC&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audio codec for re-encoding.<br><br><b><b>-b, --bitrate &lt;BITRATE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the audio bitrate for re-encoding.<br><br><b><b>Tag Command Options:</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><br><b><b>--remove-tags</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove all existing metadata tags from the file.<br><br><b><b>--export-cover &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Export the embedded cover art to an image file.<br><br><b><b>--export-chapters &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Export chapter information to a specified file.<br><br><b><b>Chapters Command Options:</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><br><b><b>--export &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Export chapter information from the file to a specified output file.<br><br><b><b>--format &lt;FORMAT&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output format for exported chapters (e.g., json, txt, xml).<br><br><b><b>--import &lt;FILE&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Import chapters into the M4B file from an external file.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>m4b-tool</i> is a versatile command-line utility designed to simplify the creation and management of M4B audiobooks. It leverages powerful underlying tools like FFmpeg and AtomicParsley to merge multiple audio files (such as MP3s) into a single M4B file, re-encode audio, and add comprehensive metadata (author, title, genre, year, cover art, description) and chapters. It supports various input audio formats and provides options for audio normalization, custom chapter definitions, and advanced encoding settings. This makes it an essential tool for audiobook enthusiasts and creators on Linux, macOS, and Windows seeking to organize their audio libraries or convert audio collections into the M4B format.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>m4b-tool</i> relies on external dependencies: <b>FFmpeg</b> for audio processing and <b>AtomicParsley</b> for metadata and chapter manipulation. These tools must be installed and accessible in your system's PATH for <i>m4b-tool</i> to function correctly. Processing large audio files or numerous files can be resource-intensive and time-consuming. The quality of the output M4B depends significantly on the chosen audio codec, bitrate, and the quality of the source audio.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
<i>m4b-tool</i> is typically installed via Python's package manager <b>pip</b>: <i>pip install m4b-tool</i>. Alternatively, pre-compiled binaries are available for download from its GitHub releases page. Remember to install <b>ffmpeg</b> and <b>atomicparsley</b> separately, as they are core dependencies.


title: EXAMPLE USAGE
content:
To merge an entire audiobook from a directory of MP3s into a single M4B file with metadata and cover art:<br><i>m4b-tool merge "/path/to/audiobook/parts/" \<br>  --output-file "My Audiobook.m4b" \<br>  --tag-author "Author Name" \<br>  --tag-title "Book Title" \<br>  --tag-genre "Fiction" \<br>  --tag-cover "cover.jpg" \<br>  --bitrate 64k \<br>  --optimize \<br>  --volume-normalization</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>m4b-tool</i> emerged as a practical solution to streamline the creation of M4B audiobooks, a format favored for its chapter support and single-file structure. Developed by <i>sandreas</i> and contributed to by a community of users, it aims to abstract away the complexities of directly using <i>FFmpeg</i> and <i>AtomicParsley</i> for this specific task, providing a more user-friendly and specialized interface. Its development has focused on robustness, feature expansion (like advanced tagging and chapter management), and cross-platform compatibility, making it a go-to tool for automating audiobook conversion workflows.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>mac2unix</i> [<i>options</i>] [<i>file</i> ...]<br><i>mac2unix</i> [<i>options</i>] -n <i>infile</i> [<i>outfile</i> ...]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-k</b>, <b>--keepdate</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Keep the original modification date of the output file. By default, the output file's modification date is updated.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress all warning and error messages. Only critical errors might be reported.<br><br><b><b>-n</b>, <b>--newfile</b> <i>infile</i> [<i>outfile</i> ...]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Convert <i>infile</i> and write the output to <i>outfile</i>. The original <i>infile</i> is preserved. If <i>outfile</i> is not specified, a default output filename is used (e.g., appending '.unix'). This option can be used for multiple input/output file pairs.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message that outlines the command's usage and options, then exit.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information for the <i>mac2unix</i> utility and then exit.<br><br><b><b>--</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Signals the end of command options. Any arguments following <b>--</b> are treated as filenames, even if they begin with a hyphen (<b>-</b>).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mac2unix</i> is a utility designed to convert text files from Macintosh line ending format to Unix line ending format. Traditionally, Macintosh systems use a single carriage return (CR, '\r') character to signify the end of a line, while Unix and Linux systems use a single newline (LF, '\n') character. This fundamental difference can lead to display anomalies or script execution failures when text files are moved between these operating environments.<br><br>The <i>mac2unix</i> command reads the input file, identifies each carriage return character, and replaces it with a newline character, ensuring compatibility with Unix-based tools and applications. It is often included as part of the <i>dos2unix</i> package, which provides a comprehensive suite of tools for various line ending conversions. The command can process one or more specified files, or it can read from standard input and write to standard output, making it versatile for use in shell pipelines.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mac2unix</i> is primarily designed for converting text files. Applying it to binary files without careful consideration (e.g., using <b>-F</b> for 'force') can lead to file corruption. It is typically a hardlink or symbolic link to the <i>dos2unix</i> command and implicitly operates in 'mac' conversion mode. Always back up important files before performing in-place conversions, especially when processing multiple files simultaneously.


title: IMPLICIT CONVERSION MODE
content:
When invoked as <i>mac2unix</i>, the utility automatically sets its conversion mode to 'mac' (Macintosh to Unix). This means it expects input with Macintosh-style line endings (CR) and converts them to Unix-style (LF) without requiring an explicit <b>-c mac</b> option.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT USAGE
content:
If no input <i>file</i> arguments are provided, <i>mac2unix</i> will read from standard input (stdin) and write the converted content to standard output (stdout). This behavior allows it to be seamlessly integrated into shell pipelines, e.g., <b>cat mac_file | mac2unix > unix_file</b>.


title: IN-PLACE CONVERSION DEFAULT
content:
By default, when you specify one or more <i>file</i> arguments, <i>mac2unix</i> performs an in-place conversion, meaning it overwrites the original file with the converted content. To preserve the original file, use the <b>-n</b> or <b>--newfile</b> option to specify a different output filename.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mac2unix</i> is part of the widely used <i>dos2unix</i> package, which emerged to address line ending compatibility issues across different operating systems. Initially, <i>dos2unix</i> focused on converting between DOS/Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) line endings. As Macintosh systems also utilized a distinct line ending convention (CR), the <i>mac2unix</i> and <i>unix2mac</i> functionalities were introduced to provide a comprehensive solution for cross-platform text file portability. The <i>dos2unix</i> package, including its specialized commands like <i>mac2unix</i>, has since become a standard utility on most Unix-like operating systems, continually evolving to handle various conversion modes and options efficiently.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>macchanger</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>interface</i><br>Common usage includes:<br><b>macchanger</b> [<b>-s</b>|<b>-r</b>|<b>-e</b>|<b>-p</b>|<b>-m</b> <i>MAC</i>|<b>-b</b>] <i>interface</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-s</b>, <b>--show</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the current MAC address of the specified <i>interface</i> without changing it.<br><br><b><b>-r</b>, <b>--random</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assigns a completely random MAC address to the <i>interface</i>. This includes both the vendor (OUI) and device-specific bytes.<br><br><b><b>-e</b>, <b>--another</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assigns a MAC address from a random vendor (Organizationally Unique Identifier - OUI) while keeping the last three bytes (device identifier) random.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--permanent</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resets the MAC address of the <i>interface</i> to its original, permanent hardware address (Burned-In Address - BIA) as assigned by the manufacturer.<br><br><b><b>-m</b> <i>MAC</i>, <b>--mac=</b><i>MAC</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the MAC address of the <i>interface</i> to a specific user-provided value (e.g., 00:11:22:33:44:55). The format must be colon-separated hexadecimal pairs.<br><br><b><b>-b</b>, <b>--bia</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assigns a random MAC address but preserves the original vendor (OUI) bytes of the current MAC address, randomizing only the last three device-specific bytes.<br><br><b><b>-a</b>, <b>--bia</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An alias for <b>-b</b>, <b>--bia</b>, assigning a random MAC address while preserving the original vendor (OUI) bytes and randomizing the device-specific bytes.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with all available options and usage instructions.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the program's version information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>macchanger</b> command-line utility allows users to easily view and modify the Media Access Control (MAC) address of a specified network interface. A MAC address is a unique identifier assigned to network interfaces for communications within a network segment, acting as a hardware address. While typically burned into the network adapter's firmware, <b>macchanger</b> enables its temporary alteration, often referred to as 'MAC spoofing'.<br><br>Users leverage <b>macchanger</b> for various purposes, including enhancing privacy by anonymizing their network presence, bypassing network access controls (like MAC address filtering on Wi-Fi networks), or for security testing and penetration testing scenarios. The changes made by <b>macchanger</b> are usually temporary and do not persist across system reboots unless configured otherwise through system scripts or network management tools. It typically requires superuser (root) privileges to operate, as modifying network interface settings is a privileged operation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Changing the MAC address with <b>macchanger</b> has several considerations:<br><i>1. Root Privileges:</i> It requires superuser (root) privileges to execute.<br><i>2. Temporary Change:</i> MAC address changes are typically temporary and do not persist across system reboots. For persistence, additional configuration (e.g., network manager scripts, init scripts) is required.<br><i>3. Network Disruption:</i> The network interface usually needs to be brought down before changing its MAC address and brought back up afterwards, causing a brief network disconnection.<br><i>4. Driver Compatibility:</i> Not all network drivers or hardware might fully support MAC address spoofing, potentially leading to errors or unstable network behavior.<br><i>5. Legal and Ethical Use:</i> While useful for privacy and security testing, MAC spoofing can be misused for malicious activities. Users should be aware of and comply with local laws and network policies.


title: TYPICAL USAGE PATTERN
content:
To effectively change a MAC address, the network interface generally needs to be temporarily deactivated. A common sequence of commands is:<br><br><i>1. Bring down the interface:</i><br><b>sudo ip link set dev</b> <i>eth0</i> <b>down</b> (or <b>sudo ifconfig</b> <i>eth0</i> <b>down</b>)<br><br><i>2. Change the MAC address:</i><br><b>sudo macchanger -r</b> <i>eth0</i> (for a random MAC)<br>or<br><b>sudo macchanger -m</b> 00:11:22:33:44:55 <i>eth0</i> (for a specific MAC)<br><br><i>3. Bring up the interface:</i><br><b>sudo ip link set dev</b> <i>eth0</i> <b>up</b> (or <b>sudo ifconfig</b> <i>eth0</i> <b>up</b>)<br><br>Replace <i>eth0</i> with your actual network interface name (e.g., wlan0, enp0s3).


title: MAKING CHANGES PERSISTENT
content:
Since <b>macchanger</b>'s changes are not persistent across reboots, you can make them permanent by:<br><br><i>1. Network Manager Dispatcher Scripts:</i> For systems using NetworkManager, create a script in <code>/etc/NetworkManager/dispatcher.d/</code> that runs <b>macchanger</b> when the interface comes up.<br><i>2. Systemd Services:</i> Create a custom systemd service unit that executes <b>macchanger</b> on boot.<br><i>3. Distribution-Specific Network Configuration Files:</i> Edit network configuration files (e.g., <code>/etc/network/interfaces</code> for Debian/Ubuntu, <code>/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-*</code> for RHEL/CentOS) to include a MAC address setting.<br><i>4. rc.local / init scripts:</i> Add commands to <code>/etc/rc.local</code> or similar init scripts for older systems, though this method is less common in modern Linux distributions.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>macchanger</b> emerged as a popular open-source utility within the Linux ecosystem, primarily driven by the increasing awareness of network privacy and security. Its development focused on providing a straightforward command-line interface for manipulating network interface MAC addresses, a capability often desired by privacy advocates, penetration testers, and system administrators. It became a staple in many ethical hacking and network analysis toolkits, offering a simple yet powerful way to anonymize or change network identities on the fly. Its continued relevance highlights the ongoing need for flexible network configuration tools.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--config <FILE></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a custom configuration file path.<br><br><b>--theme <THEME_NAME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a predefined or custom theme by name.<br><br><b>--output <FORMAT></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the output format (e.g., 'plain', 'json', 'csv').<br><br><b>--metrics <METRIC1,METRIC2...></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Selectively display specific system metrics, comma-separated.<br><br><b>--no-color</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable all colored output.<br><br><b>--no-ascii</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the display of ASCII art.<br><br><b>--short-ascii</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a compact version of the ASCII art.<br><br><b>--long-ascii</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a larger, more detailed ASCII art.<br><br><b>--stats-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display only system statistics, without ASCII art.<br><br><b>--header <TEXT></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Define a custom header text to be shown above the output.<br><br><b>--export-config</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the default configuration to standard output.<br><br><b>--export-theme</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the default theme configuration to standard output.<br><br><b>--list-themes</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List all available themes built into <i>macchina</i>.<br><br><b>--list-metrics</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List all detectable system metrics by <i>macchina</i>.<br><br><b>--clean</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove cached data and log files.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the current version of <i>macchina</i>.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>macchina</i> is a modern, fast, and highly customizable system information fetching tool written in Rust. Designed as a lightweight alternative to traditional shell-script based fetchers like <i>neofetch</i> or <i>screenfetch</i>, it aims to provide comprehensive system details with minimal resource usage. It can display a wide array of information including the operating system, kernel version, uptime, package count, shell, CPU, GPU, memory usage, disk space, and more. A key feature of <i>macchina</i> is its extensive configurability, allowing users to define exactly what information is displayed, how it's formatted, and which ASCII art or theme is used via a simple TOML configuration file. It also supports various output formats like plain text, JSON, and CSV, making it versatile for both interactive use and integration into scripts or automated tasks.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Dependency on system tools</b>: While <i>macchina</i> itself is written in Rust, it often relies on underlying system commands and files (like /proc, lscpu, lsusb, ip) to gather information. If these are missing or permissions are restricted, some metrics might not be available or accurate.<br><b>Configuration Complexity</b>: Extensive customization, while powerful, can initially be overwhelming for new users due to the many options available in its TOML configuration file.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<i>macchina</i>'s behavior is primarily controlled by a TOML configuration file, typically located at <b>~/.config/macchina/macchina.toml</b>. This file allows users to specify which metrics to display, their order, formatting, colors, and much more, offering unparalleled customization.


title: THEMES
content:
Beyond basic configuration, <i>macchina</i> supports themes, which are separate TOML files (e.g., <b>~/.config/macchina/themes/*.toml</b>) that define the visual styling, including ASCII art and color schemes. Users can create, share, and apply different themes to personalize their output.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>macchina</i> emerged as a modern alternative to existing system information fetchers, leveraging the performance and memory safety benefits of the Rust programming language. Its development began with a focus on speed, minimal resource usage, and deep customizability. It quickly gained popularity in the Linux community for its elegant output and modular design, allowing users to precisely control displayed metrics and visual appearance. While <i>neofetch</i> and <i>screenfetch</i> set the precedent for such tools, <i>macchina</i> pushed the boundaries by offering native compilation and a more structured configuration system, appealing to users looking for a more performant and maintainable solution.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>machinectl</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>...] <i>COMMAND</i> [<i>MACHINE</i>...]<br><br>Common commands include: <i>list</i>, <i>show</i>, <i>start</i>, <i>stop</i>, <i>poweroff</i>, <i>reboot</i>, <i>login</i>, <i>shell</i>, <i>copy-to</i>, <i>pull-tar</i>, <i>import-tar</i>, <i>export-tar</i>, <i>unregister</i>, <i>clean</i>.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-a</i>, <i>--all</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show all machines or images, including those that are stopped or unregistered.<br><br><b><i>-l</i>, <i>--full</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not abbreviate output, showing full unit names or paths.<br><br><b><i>-H</i>, <i>--host=USER@HOST</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate on a remote host via SSH. This option can be specified multiple times.<br><br><b><i>-M</i>, <i>--machine=NAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Execute a command on a specific machine, similar to <i>login</i> or <i>shell</i> without entering a full session.<br><br><b><i>--no-pager</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not pipe output into a pager.<br><br><b><i>--no-legend</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not print the column headers in table output.<br><br><b><i>--json=MODE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output in JSON format. Modes include 'pretty', 'short', 'compact', 'oneline'.<br><br><b><i>-p</i>, <i>--property=NAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show only specified properties when using the 'show' command. Can be specified multiple times.<br><br><b><i>-f</i>, <i>--force</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force an operation, e.g., when unregistering a machine or performing a potentially destructive action.<br><br><b><i>-q</i>, <i>--quiet</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress output messages, useful for scripting.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>machinectl</i> is a command-line utility designed for controlling and introspecting virtual machines and containers managed by <i>systemd</i>. It communicates with the <i>systemd-machined.service</i> to provide a unified interface for various container technologies such as <i>systemd-nspawn</i>, <i>LXC</i>, and even integration with virtualization solutions like <i>QEMU</i>. Users can employ <i>machinectl</i> to list active machines, inspect their properties, start, stop, power off, reboot, and log into a specific machine. Furthermore, it facilitates file transfer operations between the host and machines, as well as managing machine images. Its primary objective is to streamline the management of lightweight virtualized environments directly within the <i>systemd</i> ecosystem.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>machinectl</i> relies on the <i>systemd-machined.service</i> being active and running. Many operations, especially those involving system-wide changes or direct machine manipulation, typically require root privileges.<br><br>While <i>machinectl</i> can manage various container types, its deepest integration and most seamless functionality are often with <i>systemd-nspawn</i> containers. Integration with other technologies like <i>LXC</i> or <i>QEMU</i> might require additional setup or specific configurations. File transfer operations (<i>copy-to</i>, <i>copy-from</i>) depend on the guest machine running a compatible <i>systemd</i> version that can communicate with the host's <i>systemd-machined</i>.


title: MACHINE IMAGE MANAGEMENT
content:
<i>machinectl</i> provides powerful capabilities for managing container images. Users can <i>pull-tar</i> or <i>pull-raw</i> images from remote sources, and <i>import-tar</i> or <i>import-raw</i> local image files. Similarly, images can be <i>export-tar</i> or <i>export-raw</i> for backup or transfer, facilitating easy deployment and replication of containerized environments.


title: DIRECT MACHINE ACCESS
content:
The command offers convenient ways to interact directly with running machines. The <i>login</i> command allows users to open an interactive login session inside a specified machine, while <i>shell</i> executes a command directly within the machine's environment, similar to SSH but for local containers and VMs.


title: SYSTEMD INTEGRATION
content:
Deeply integrated with the <i>systemd</i> ecosystem, <i>machinectl</i> leverages <i>systemd</i>'s robust cgroup management for resource control and isolation of machines. It also utilizes <i>journald</i> for centralized logging, making it easy to inspect logs from individual machines using <i>journalctl</i>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>machinectl</i> was introduced as an integral part of the <i>systemd</i> project, specifically designed to extend <i>systemd</i>'s capabilities to manage lightweight container environments. Its development paralleled that of <i>systemd-nspawn</i>, providing a cohesive management interface for virtualized systems. The command emerged as a means to unify the control of containers and VMs within the broader <i>systemd</i> framework, leveraging its existing cgroup and service management infrastructure to offer a consistent approach to system virtualization.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<i>systemd-nspawn</i>(1), <i>systemd-machined.service</i>(8), <i>systemctl</i>(1), <i>journalctl</i>(1)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>macof</b> [<b>-i</b> <i>interface</i>] [<b>-s</b> <i>src</i>] [<b>-d</b> <i>secs</i>] [<b>-n</b> <i>pkts</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-i</b> <i>interface</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specifies the network interface through which to send flood packets.</i><br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>src</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Sets the source IP address for the generated packets.</i><br><br><b><b>-d</b> <i>secs</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Defines the delay in seconds between bursts of flood packets.</i><br><br><b><b>-n</b> <i>pkts</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specifies the total number of packets to send. A value of 0 indicates unlimited packets.</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>macof</i> is a utility from the <i>dsniff</i> suite, designed to perform MAC address flooding attacks. Its primary purpose is to overwhelm network switches with a large number of randomly generated MAC addresses. By continuously sending spoofed Ethernet frames or ARP requests with unique source MAC addresses, <i>macof</i> aims to exhaust the switch's Content Addressable Memory (CAM) table, also known as the MAC address table.<br><br>When a switch's CAM table becomes full, it can no longer store new MAC-to-port mappings. Depending on the switch's configuration and vendor implementation, it may react by entering a "fail-open" mode, effectively turning into a hub. In this state, the switch forwards all incoming traffic to all ports in the broadcast domain, rather than only to the intended recipient. This behavior enables an attacker to capture network traffic that would otherwise only be visible to specific hosts, facilitating passive sniffing and man-in-the-middle attacks.<br><br><i>macof</i> is a powerful tool for security auditing and penetration testing, used to identify network vulnerabilities and demonstrate the importance of switch security features like port security and MAC address limiting. However, its use without explicit permission is illegal and can cause significant network disruption and performance degradation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>macof</i> can cause severe network disruption, leading to performance degradation and even temporary outages. Use with extreme caution and only on networks where you have explicit authorization.<br><br>Modern network switches often employ advanced security features like port security, MAC limiting, and ARP inspection. These features can significantly mitigate or prevent the effectiveness of MAC flooding attacks, sometimes leading to port shutdowns or alarms.<br><br>The use of <i>macof</i> without permission is illegal and unethical. It is primarily intended for legitimate security testing and vulnerability assessment.


title: PURPOSE
content:
<i>macof</i> is used in penetration testing and security assessments to evaluate a network's resilience against MAC flooding. Successful execution can demonstrate how attackers might bypass network segmentation or sniff traffic on a supposedly secure switched network.


title: MECHANISM
content:
The attack relies on generating and sending a vast number of unique MAC addresses, typically within spoofed ARP requests, to the switch. The switch's CAM table, which maps MAC addresses to physical ports, has a finite capacity. When this table overflows, the switch may revert to behaving like a hub, forwarding all traffic to all ports within the VLAN, thereby exposing sensitive data.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>macof</i> is a core utility of the <i>dsniff</i> suite, a collection of network auditing tools developed by Dug Song. The <i>dsniff</i> suite was first released in the late 1990s (around 1999-2000), quickly becoming a popular choice for penetration testers and network security professionals. Its development aimed to expose vulnerabilities in common network protocols and devices, particularly regarding network sniffing and Man-in-the-Middle (MITM) attacks. While network defenses have evolved, <i>macof</i> remains a classic tool for demonstrating fundamental switch security flaws.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>macptopbm</b> command is a utility within the Netpbm image manipulation toolkit. Its primary function is to convert image files created in the classic MacPaint format into the Portable Bitmap (PBM) format. MacPaint files typically store 1-bit (black and white) images, and PBM is a simple, plain-text or raw black and white image format, making it a suitable target for direct conversion. This tool is valuable for processing legacy MacPaint images, allowing them to be viewed or further processed using other Netpbm utilities or compatible image software. By default, <b>macptopbm</b> reads the MacPaint file from standard input if no filename is specified and writes the resulting PBM data to standard output, adhering to the Unix philosophy of pipeline processing.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The MacPaint format is an older, 1-bit monochrome image format; thus, <b>macptopbm</b> is limited to converting such files. It does not handle color or grayscale information, as MacPaint intrinsically didn't support it directly in its native format. As an older format, MacPaint files are less common today, making this command somewhat specialized. The command expects a valid MacPaint file structure and will produce errors for malformed or non-MacPaint input.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT
content:
By default, if <i>macpaintfile</i> is not specified, <b>macptopbm</b> reads the MacPaint image data from standard input. The resulting PBM image data is always written to standard output. This behavior allows for easy piping of data, for example, from a tool that extracts MacPaint data from an archive, directly into <b>macptopbm</b>, and then piping its output into another Netpbm utility or for redirection to a file.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>macptopbm</b> is part of the Netpbm project, which began as PBMplus in the late 1980s and early 1990s. During this period, converting between various proprietary and emerging image formats was a common challenge. The inclusion of a MacPaint converter reflects the prevalence of Apple Macintosh systems and their proprietary image formats at the time. Its development ensured interoperability for images created on these early graphical computing platforms with other Unix-based systems and image processing tools, solidifying Netpbm's role as a comprehensive toolkit for image conversion.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>maestral</b> [<i>GLOBAL_OPTIONS</i>] <i>COMMAND</i> [<i>COMMAND_OPTIONS</i>]<br><br>Common Commands:<br><b>maestral start</b><br><b>maestral stop</b><br><b>maestral gui</b><br><b>maestral status</b><br><b>maestral config</b><br><b>maestral exclude add</b> <i>&lt;pattern&gt;</i><br><b>maestral sharelink</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Show help message and exit for the command or subcommand.</i><br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Show Maestral's program version number and exit.</i><br><br><b><b>-c CONFIG_NAME</b>, <b>--config CONFIG_NAME</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Run Maestral with a specific configuration profile (useful for managing multiple Dropbox accounts).</i><br><br><b><b>-l LOG_LEVEL</b>, <b>--log-level LOG_LEVEL</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Set the logging verbosity level (e.g., INFO, DEBUG, WARNING, ERROR).</i><br><br><b><b>--log-file LOG_FILE</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Specify the path for the log file to which Maestral's output will be written.</i><br><br><b><b>--no-daemon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Prevent the command from starting a background daemon process. Useful for one-shot CLI operations.</i><br><br><b><b>--force-gui</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Force the graphical user interface to open, even if a Maestral daemon is already running.</i><br><br><b><i>Command-specific options</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Most Maestral subcommands (e.g., <b>config</b>, <b>exclude</b>, <b>sharelink</b>) have their own specific options and arguments. These can be viewed by appending <b>--help</b> to the subcommand (e.g., <b>maestral config --help</b>).</i><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Maestral is a light-weight, open-source Dropbox client written in Python, designed as an alternative to the official Dropbox application for Linux and macOS. It leverages the Dropbox API v2 to provide seamless file synchronization. Maestral offers both a command-line interface (CLI) for headless servers and scripting, and an optional graphical user interface (GUI) for desktop users. Its key features include selective sync, public folder emulation, share link creation, and comprehensive activity logging, all while aiming for minimal resource consumption compared to the official client. It allows users to manage their Dropbox account, exclude specific folders from synchronization, and monitor sync status directly from the terminal or a system tray icon.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Maestral is an unofficial third-party client and does not support all features of the official Dropbox application (e.g., LAN sync, camera uploads, or certain advanced sharing features like smart sync). It relies on the Dropbox API v2, and its functionality is subject to API changes. Initial setup requires linking with your Dropbox account, which must be done via a web browser. Users should be aware that it might not always keep pace with the absolute latest Dropbox features due to its independent development cycle. It requires Python 3.8+ to run.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
Maestral is primarily installed via Python's package manager, pip, or through distribution-specific repositories like AUR (Arch Linux) or Snap for Ubuntu. For example: <br><i>pip install maestral</i><br>or<br><i>snap install maestral</i><br><br>It is generally recommended to install Maestral in a Python virtual environment to avoid potential conflicts with system-wide Python packages.


title: USAGE MODES
content:
Maestral operates with a persistent background daemon that handles all file synchronization processes. Both the command-line interface (CLI) and the optional graphical user interface (GUI) clients interact with this daemon. The <b>maestral start</b> command initiates the daemon, while <b>maestral gui</b> launches the graphical interface if the daemon is running. Most CLI commands like <b>status</b>, <b>exclude</b>, or <b>sharelink</b> communicate with the running daemon to perform their operations, making it a powerful tool for both interactive desktop and headless server environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
Maestral was created by Sam Schott as an open-source alternative to the official Dropbox client, specifically targeting Linux and macOS users who desired a lighter-weight, less resource-intensive solution with greater control. Development began around 2018-2019, driven by concerns over the official client's resource usage, lack of native ARM support, and limitations on Linux (e.g., dropping support for certain file systems like Ext4). It quickly gained traction among users looking for a more "Unix-like" approach to cloud synchronization, offering both a comprehensive CLI and a GUI built on standard toolkits.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>magick compare</b> [options] <I>input_image</I> <I>reference_image</I> [<I>difference_image</I>]<br><br>The command requires two input image paths and optionally an output path for the difference image. If <I>difference_image</I> is omitted, ImageMagick will typically display the difference image or output it to stdout, depending on the environment and other options.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-metric <type></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the image comparison metric to be calculated (e.g., AE, MAE, MSE, PSNR, SSIM, RMSE). Metrics like AE (Absolute Error) count differing pixels, while PSNR measures image quality degradation.<br><br><b>-fuzz <percentage></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the color distance tolerance for considering two colors as the same. For example, '-fuzz 5%' allows for a 5% difference in color components before pixels are considered distinct.<br><br><b>-highlight-color <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the color used to highlight differing pixels in the output image (e.g., 'red', '#FF0000').<br><br><b>-lowlight-color <color></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the color for pixels that are identical in both images, effectively 'masking' the similar areas.<br><br><b>-compose <method></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Determines the composite operator to use when merging the difference image (e.g., 'Difference' to show absolute differences, 'Src' to show the input image with highlighted differences).<br><br><b>-subimage-search</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Compares the entire first image against every possible offset of the second image, useful for finding a subimage within a larger one.<br><br><b>-dissimilarity-threshold <value></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pixels with a metric value below this threshold are not considered different, allowing for minor variations to be ignored.<br><br><b>-verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, displaying detailed information about the images, comparison process, and computed metrics to standard error.<br><br><b>-quiet</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses all warning or error messages, useful for scripting where only the return code or metric value is needed.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>magick-compare</I> command, a utility from the ImageMagick suite, is used to compare two images visually and algorithmically. It's an indispensable tool for visual regression testing, quality assurance, and detecting subtle changes between image versions.<br><br>By default, it generates a new image highlighting the discrepancies between the <I>input_image</I> and the <I>reference_image</I>, often with differing pixels colored distinctly. Beyond visual comparison, it can also calculate various image metrics, such as Mean Absolute Error (MAE), Root Mean Square Error (RMSE), and Peak Signal-to-Noise Ratio (PSNR), providing a quantifiable measure of image similarity or difference. This allows users to not only see where images differ but also to get a numerical score of their dissimilarity.


title: CAVEATS
content:
For accurate comparisons, both input images should ideally have the same dimensions, format, and color profiles. Differences in these attributes might lead to misleading results or errors, or prevent a direct pixel-by-pixel comparison. Calculating some metrics, especially for very large images, can be resource-intensive. The interpretation of difference images and numerical metrics can sometimes be subjective; a small numerical difference might be visually significant, or vice-versa, depending on the context.


title: METRIC INTERPRETATION
content:
Understanding <I>magick-compare</I>'s output often involves interpreting the metrics. For instance, a <B>MAE</B> (Mean Absolute Error) or <B>RMSE</B> (Root Mean Square Error) of 0 indicates identical images, while higher values mean greater dissimilarity. <B>PSNR</B> (Peak Signal-to-Noise Ratio) is inversely related: higher PSNR usually means more similar images, while lower values indicate more noise or distortion. Different metrics are suited for different types of comparisons.


title: COMMON USE CASES
content:
<B>Visual Regression Testing</B>: Automating checks in software development to ensure UI changes or image processing modifications do not unintentionally alter visual elements.<br><br><B>Quality Assurance</B>: Verifying that generated images meet specific quality standards or match a 'golden reference' image.<br><br><B>Forensics & Integrity</B>: Detecting alterations or tampering in images, or checking if an image file has been modified or corrupted since its last known state.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>magick-compare</I> utility is an integral part of the ImageMagick software suite, which was first released in 1987. ImageMagick was originally developed by John Cristy at DuPont and has evolved significantly over decades to become a comprehensive open-source image processing toolkit. The <I>compare</I> functionality has been a core component for a long time, evolving alongside ImageMagick's capabilities, becoming a standard for automated visual testing and quality control in various development pipelines and artistic workflows.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-resize</b> <i>geometry</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resizes the image. <i>geometry</i> can be 'WxH', 'W', 'xH', 'WxH!', 'WxH&gt;', 'WxH&lt;', etc.<br><br><b><b>-crop</b> <i>geometry</i>[<i>+X</i>[<i>+Y</i>]]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Crops the image to the specified geometry.<br><br><b><b>-quality</b> <i>value</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level. A value from 0 (lowest quality, highest compression) to 100 (highest quality, lowest compression).<br><br><b><b>-format</b> <i>image_format</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output image format, e.g., 'jpeg', 'png', 'gif'.<br><br><b><b>-blur</b> <i>radius</i>[<i>xsigma</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Blurs the image using a Gaussian operator.<br><br><b><b>-colorspace</b> <i>colorspace</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Transforms the image to a specific colorspace, e.g., 'sRGB', 'CMYK', 'Gray'.<br><br><b><b>-composite</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Composites multiple images together. Often used with '<i>-gravity</i>' and '<i>-geometry</i>'.<br><br><b><b>-define</b> <i>key=value</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines one or more image processing settings or read/write options specific to a format.<br><br><b><b>-strip</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Strips the image of any profiles, comments, or other extraneous information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>magick-convert</i> is a versatile command-line utility from the ImageMagick suite, primarily used for converting images between different formats and performing a wide array of image processing operations.<br><br>It can resize, crop, rotate, flip, and distort images, adjust colors, apply various artistic effects, draw text and shapes, and composite multiple images. It supports over 200 image formats including popular ones like JPEG, PNG, GIF, TIFF, BMP, PDF, and SVG.<br><br>As part of ImageMagick 7, <i>magick-convert</i> represents the modern approach to image manipulation, often superseding the direct use of the 'convert' command found in older versions. Its power lies in its extensive options and the ability to chain operations, making it an indispensable tool for photographers, web developers, and system administrators for batch processing, web graphics optimization, and generating thumbnails or watermarks.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Due to its extensive feature set, <i>magick-convert</i> can be complex to master, especially for advanced operations or specific format requirements. Processing very large images or performing numerous complex operations can be resource-intensive, consuming significant CPU and memory. When dealing with untrusted input images, there's a potential security risk if ImageMagick is not properly configured or updated, as maliciously crafted images could exploit vulnerabilities.


title: CHAINING OPERATIONS
content:
One of the most powerful features of <i>magick-convert</i> is its ability to chain multiple operations sequentially. Arguments are parsed from left to right, with each operation acting on the image as it currently stands. This allows for complex image processing pipelines to be defined in a single command line, making it highly efficient for scripts and batch processing.


title: INPUT AND OUTPUT FLEXIBILITY
content:
<i>magick-convert</i> can read images from standard input (by specifying '<i>-</i>' as the input file) and write to standard output, facilitating its use in shell pipelines. It also supports reading images from remote URLs and creating images on the fly from various primitives like solid colors or gradients.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>magick-convert</i> is part of the ImageMagick 7 suite. Historically, image conversion and manipulation were primarily handled by the standalone 'convert' command in ImageMagick 6 and earlier versions. With the release of ImageMagick 7, a unified 'magick' command was introduced, acting as a dispatcher for various operations. While 'convert' might still exist (often as a symbolic link to 'magick'), '<i>magick-convert</i>' is the recommended and explicit way to invoke the image conversion functionality, aligning with the new modular architecture of ImageMagick.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-alpha</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Control the image's alpha channel behavior for identification.<br><br><b><b>-channel</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply options to specific image channels (e.g., Red, Green, Blue, Alpha).<br><br><b><b>-colors</b> <i><value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the preferred number of colors after quantization.<br><br><b><b>-debug</b> <i><event></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose debugging of ImageMagick operations.<br><br><b><b>-define</b> <i><key=value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Define specific image format options or behaviors.<br><br><b><b>-density</b> <i><geometry></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify image density for vector formats (e.g., SVG, PDF) during identification.<br><br><b><b>-depth</b> <i><value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the image depth (bits per pixel component).<br><br><b><b>-format</b> <i><string></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print image properties using a custom format string.<br><br><b><b>-interlace</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the interlace scheme of the image.<br><br><b><b>-label</b> <i><string></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Identify the label attribute of the image.<br><br><b><b>-limit</b> <i><type=value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set a resource limit (e.g., memory, disk) for processing.<br><br><b><b>-list</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;List supported ImageMagick components (e.g., formats, fonts).<br><br><b><b>-monitor</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a progress monitor for lengthy identification operations.<br><br><b><b>-ping</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Quickly determine if a file is a valid ImageMagick image without decoding pixels.<br><br><b><b>-precision</b> <i><value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the number of significant digits for floating-point output.<br><br><b><b>-profile</b> <i><name></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Identify or remove specific image profiles (e.g., Exif, ICC).<br><br><b><b>-quality</b> <i><value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the compression quality for lossy formats.<br><br><b><b>-quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress non-critical warning messages during identification.<br><br><b><b>-regard-warnings</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Treat warnings encountered during identification as fatal errors.<br><br><b><b>-sampling-factor</b> <i><geometry></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report chrominance sampling factors for JPEG images.<br><br><b><b>-scene</b> <i><value></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the specific scene number from a multi-image file.<br><br><b><b>-size</b> <i><geometry></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify image dimensions to aid identification of raw formats.<br><br><b><b>-strip</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove all profiles and comments before identification.<br><br><b><b>-storage-type</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the pixel storage type (e.g., Char, Short, Float).<br><br><b><b>-type</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the identified image type (e.g., Grayscale, TrueColor).<br><br><b><b>-unique-colors</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Count and list the unique colors in the image.<br><br><b><b>-units</b> <i><type></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Report the units of image resolution (e.g., PixelsPerInch).<br><br><b><b>-verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provide extensive, detailed information about the image.<br><br><b><b>-version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the ImageMagick version and copyright information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>magick-identify</b> command is a fundamental utility from the <i>ImageMagick</i> suite, designed to describe the format and characteristics of one or more image files. It reports crucial information such as image <b>width</b>, <b>height</b>, file <b>size</b>, color <b>depth</b>, image <b>format</b>, <b>colorspace</b>, and various metadata like profiles and comments. Users can obtain a quick summary or highly detailed reports, making it an indispensable tool for scripting, debugging, and inspecting image files without requiring full image decoding. It's often invoked as a symlink to <b>identify</b>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Identifying very large images can consume significant memory and CPU resources. The accuracy of identification for obscure or malformed image formats may vary. The exact set of supported features and options can differ slightly across ImageMagick versions and build configurations.


title: USAGE EXAMPLES
content:
<i>Basic identification:</i><br><br><b>magick-identify</b> <i>myimage.jpg</i><br><br><i>Verbose identification with all details:</i><br><br><b>magick-identify</b> <b>-verbose</b> <i>myimage.png</i><br><br><i>Custom format output (width x height and filename):</i><br><br><b>magick-identify</b> <b>-format</b> "%w x %h %f" <i>myimage.gif</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>ImageMagick</i> was first released in 1990 by John Cristy. The <b>identify</b> utility (which <b>magick-identify</b> commonly links to) has been a core component since the early days of the project, providing essential functionality for inspecting image properties and metadata. Its development has mirrored the evolution of the <i>ImageMagick</i> library, continuously adding support for new image formats, metadata standards, and advanced identification options.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>magick-import</i> [<i>options</i>] [<i>filename</i>]<br><br>Examples:<br><b>magick-import</b> <i>screenshot.png</i> <br><i>(Interactively select a window/region by clicking or dragging)</i><br><b>magick-import</b> <i>-window root</i> <i>full_screen.jpg</i> <br><i>(Capture the entire screen)</i><br><b>magick-import</b> <i>-window ID</i> <i>my_app.gif</i> <br><i>(Capture a specific window by its ID)</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-window <id|name></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the ID or name of the window to capture. If not specified, the command typically enters an interactive mode for selection.<br><br><b>-frame</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Include the window manager frame and decorations in the captured image.<br><br><b>-silent</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the bell signal that typically sounds upon successful completion or failure.<br><br><b>-display <display></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the X server display to connect to (e.g., :0.0 for local display).<br><br><b>-delay <milliseconds></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pause for the specified number of milliseconds before capturing the image, useful for capturing transient states.<br><br><b>-quality <value></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the compression quality for image formats like JPEG (0-100). Higher values mean better quality but larger file size.<br><br><b>-crop <geometry></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Crop the captured image to the specified geometry (e.g., 800x600+10+20).<br><br><b>-resize <geometry></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resize the captured image after capture to the specified dimensions (e.g., 50% or 1024x768!).<br><br><b>-monitor</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Monitor the progress of the image capture process.<br><br><b>-verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print detailed information about the image processing steps to standard error.<br><br><b>-help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a summary of command options.<br><br><b>-version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the ImageMagick version and exit.<br><br><b>filename</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path and name for the output image file. The format is determined by the file extension (e.g., .png, .jpg, .gif).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>magick-import</b> command, part of the ImageMagick suite, is a powerful command-line utility designed for capturing images from an X Window System display. It allows users to capture the entire screen, a specific window by ID or name, or an interactively selected region of the screen. This tool is invaluable for creating screenshots, generating visual documentation, or automating screen capture processes within shell scripts. It supports saving captured images in various formats, leveraging ImageMagick's extensive format capabilities. <b>magick-import</b> is the modern successor to the older <i>import</i> command, providing robust and flexible screen grabbing functionalities on X-based environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>magick-import</b> command is designed primarily for the <b>X Window System</b>. It may not function directly or optimally in environments using modern display protocols like Wayland without the presence of XWayland or compatibility layers. Users might need to install additional X utilities (e.g., <i>xhost</i>) for certain remote display configurations. It is the current standard for screen capture within ImageMagick; the older <i>import</i> command is largely deprecated.


title: INTERACTIVE SELECTION
content:
When <b>magick-import</b> is invoked without specifying a window ID or name (e.g., just <b>magick-import</b> <i>output.png</i>), the cursor will change to a cross-hair. You can then click and drag a rectangle to select a region, or simply click on a window to capture it. Pressing <i>Shift</i> + <i>Click</i> on a window will capture the window <i>without</i> its frame.


title: X WINDOW SYSTEM REQUIREMENT
content:
This command relies heavily on the <b>X Window System</b> infrastructure. Functionality may be limited or unavailable on systems primarily using other display servers (like Wayland), unless an X compatibility layer (XWayland) is active. Ensure your <i>DISPLAY</i> environment variable is correctly set if you are running it remotely.


title: HISTORY
content:
The ImageMagick project, initiated in 1987, has long included a screen capture utility. Initially known simply as <i>import</i>, this command provided the core functionality for capturing X window displays. With the significant overhaul in ImageMagick 7, which introduced the unified <b>magick</b> command-line tool, individual commands like <i>import</i> were rebranded with the <b>magick-</b> prefix, becoming <b>magick-import</b>. This evolution aimed to consolidate and streamline the ImageMagick toolset while maintaining backward compatibility for existing scripts and workflows. Its fundamental usage and purpose have remained consistent throughout its development.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>-resize &lt;geometry&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resizes the image. Examples: <i>200x150</i> (exact fit), <i>50%</i> (percentage), <i>x100</i> (height to 100px).<br><br><b><i>-crop &lt;geometry&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Crops the image. Example: <i>100x100+10+10</i> (width x height + x_offset + y_offset).<br><br><b><i>-rotate &lt;degrees&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Rotates the image by the specified degrees clockwise.<br><br><b><i>-format &lt;format&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Converts the image to the specified format (e.g., <i>jpg</i>, <i>png</i>, <i>webp</i>). Note: This also changes the file extension.<br><br><b><i>-quality &lt;value&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the compression quality for lossy formats (0-100).<br><br><b><i>-strip</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes all profiles, comments, and other non-image data from the image.<br><br><b><i>-auto-orient</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically rotates the image based on EXIF orientation data (e.g., from digital cameras).<br><br><b><i>-path &lt;directory&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes modified images to the specified directory instead of overwriting originals. This is a crucial safety option.<br><br><b><i>-monochrome</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Transforms the image to black and white.<br><br><b><i>-gamma &lt;value&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adjusts the image's gamma level. A value greater than 1 lightens, less than 1 darkens.<br><br><b><i>-blur &lt;radiusxsigma&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a blur effect to the image. <i>radius</i> is the blur radius, <i>sigma</i> is the standard deviation.<br><br><b><i>-sharpen &lt;radiusxsigma&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sharpens the image. <i>radius</i> is the blur radius, <i>sigma</i> is the standard deviation.<br><br><b><i>-verbose</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays detailed information about image processing steps to standard output.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>magick-mogrify</b> command, a powerful utility from the ImageMagick suite, is designed for in-place image processing. Unlike its counterpart <b>magick-convert</b>, which creates a new image file, <b>magick-mogrify</b> directly modifies and overwrites the original image file or files provided as arguments. This makes it exceptionally useful for batch processing and automated workflows where the original files are intended to be replaced with their processed versions. <br><br>It supports a vast array of image manipulation operations, including resizing, cropping, rotating, applying various visual effects, adjusting colors, and changing image formats. Due to its destructive nature (overwriting the original files), extreme caution is advised when using <b>magick-mogrify</b>. Users should always ensure backups are in place or utilize options like <i>-path</i> to output modified images to a different directory, especially during initial testing or when processing valuable data. Its efficiency in modifying files directly makes it a staple for server-side image processing tasks and command-line automation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>magick-mogrify</b> directly modifies and overwrites the original image files. This means that once an operation is performed, the original image data is permanently lost unless a backup has been made or the <i>-path</i> option is used to save changes to a different location. Always exercise extreme caution and consider testing on copies or using a dedicated output directory to prevent unintended data loss, especially when processing critical images or large batches. It's also resource-intensive for very large images or extensive batch operations, so monitor system resources.


title: SAFETY FIRST: ALWAYS BACK UP OR USE <I>-PATH</I>
content:
Given <b>magick-mogrify</b>'s destructive nature, it is highly recommended to either create backups of your original images before running the command or to use the <i>-path &lt;directory&gt;</i> option. The <i>-path</i> option directs all modified images to a specified directory, leaving the originals untouched. This is invaluable for testing and ensuring the desired output before committing to in-place modifications.


title: CHAINING OPERATIONS
content:
Multiple operations can be chained together in a single <b>magick-mogrify</b> command. ImageMagick processes these options sequentially from left to right. For example, <b>magick-mogrify</b> <i>-resize 50% -gamma 0.5 -format png *.jpg</i> will first resize, then adjust gamma, and finally convert the format for all JPEG files, overwriting them as PNGs. Understanding this execution order is crucial for achieving predictable results.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>mogrify</b> command is an integral part of the ImageMagick software suite, which has a long history dating back to 1987. ImageMagick was originally developed by John Cristy at DuPont. Over the years, the suite evolved from a collection of individual command-line utilities (like <b>convert</b>, <b>mogrify</b>, <b>identify</b>, <b>display</b>) into a more unified system. Modern versions often consolidate these functionalities under a single <b>magick</b> executable, where <b>mogrify</b> is invoked as <b>magick mogrify</b>. Its dedicated purpose of in-place modification makes it a distinct and powerful tool within the ImageMagick ecosystem, emphasizing efficiency for batch processing by avoiding the overhead of creating new files.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>magick(1)</b>: The main ImageMagick command, often acting as a dispatcher for various sub-commands like `mogrify`., <b>magick-convert(1)</b>: Converts an image from one format to another, creating a new file rather than overwriting the original., <b>identify(1)</b>: Describes the format and characteristics of one or more image files (e.g., dimensions, color depth)., <b>display(1)</b>: Displays an image or image sequence on a graphical display.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<B>magick montage</B> [<I>options</I>] <I>input_image</I> [<I>input_image...</I>] <I>output_image</I><br><br><I>Examples:</I><br><B>magick montage *.jpg -geometry 100x100+5+5 -tile 5x4 output.jpg</B><br><B>magick montage -label %f -frame 5 -background gray images/*.png montage.gif</B>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-geometry WxH{+-}X{+-}Y</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the preferred size and offset for each image in the montage. For example, 120x120+10+10 for 120x120 pixel images with a 10-pixel border.<br><br><b>-tile colsxrows</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the column and row geometry for the montage grid. For instance, 5x4 creates a grid with 5 columns and 4 rows.<br><br><b>-label string</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a text label to each image. Common format specifiers like %f (filename) can be used. For example, -label '%f'.<br><br><b>-frame WxH{+-}X{+-}Y</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a decorative frame around each image. The geometry defines frame width, height, and bevel.<br><br><b>-background color</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the background color used behind the images and for empty tile spaces. E.g., 'white', '#RRGGBB'.<br><br><b>-bordercolor color</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the color of the border around each image (if -borderwidth is used). Default is black.<br><br><b>-borderwidth pixels</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the width of the border around each image in pixels. Often used with -bordercolor.<br><br><b>-pointsize value</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Determines the font size for image labels and the montage title.<br><br><b>-font name</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the font family to use for labels and the montage title. E.g., 'Arial', 'Times-Roman'.<br><br><b>-gravity cardinal-direction</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Controls the position of the label within its image tile (e.g., North, South, Center).<br><br><b>-title string</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds an overall title to the entire montage.<br><br><b>-shadow</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a simulated drop shadow effect to each image in the montage.<br><br><b>-mode type</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the montage layout mode. 'frame' (default), 'concatenate' (joins images without spacing), or 'unframe'.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
magick-montage is a powerful command-line utility from the ImageMagick suite designed to assemble multiple input images into a single composite image, often arranged in a grid or tiled layout. It's ideal for creating contact sheets, photo albums, or visual summaries of image collections. Users can control various aspects of the montage, including the size and spacing of individual images, borders, frames, labels, and the overall layout. This flexibility makes it an invaluable tool for photographers, web developers, and anyone needing to present multiple images concisely and aesthetically. It supports a wide range of image formats for both input and output.


title: CAVEATS
content:
magick-montage can be resource-intensive, especially with a large number of high-resolution input images, potentially consuming significant memory and CPU. The exact behavior of options can sometimes be complex, requiring experimentation to achieve desired visual results. Ensuring ImageMagick is compiled with necessary delegates (libraries for specific image formats) is crucial for full functionality.


title: HISTORY
content:
montage has been a core utility within the ImageMagick suite since its early development. ImageMagick itself originated in 1987, initially developed by John Cristy at DuPont. The montage command has evolved alongside ImageMagick, gaining more features and options to support increasingly complex image compositing needs. While originally a standalone executable, in modern ImageMagick (v7+), it's typically invoked as a subcommand of the magick program, streamlining the interface for all ImageMagick operations. Its continuous development reflects the ongoing demand for powerful command-line image manipulation.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<b>magick</b>(1), <b>magick-convert</b>(1), <b>magick-display</b>(1), <b>magick-identify</b>(1), <b>gm</b>(1)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mail</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] [<i>RECIPIENTS...</i>]<br><b>mail</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <b>-f</b> [<i>FILE</i>]<br><b>mail</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <b>-u</b> [<i>USER</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>RECIPIENTS...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more email addresses to which the message will be sent. If no recipients are specified and neither <b>-f</b> nor <b>-u</b> is used, <b>mail</b> enters interactive mode for reading mail.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>SUBJECT</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the subject line of the email.<br><br><b><b>-c</b> <i>ADDRESS</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends a carbon copy (CC) of the message to the specified <i>ADDRESS</i>.<br><br><b><b>-b</b> <i>ADDRESS</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends a blind carbon copy (BCC) of the message to the specified <i>ADDRESS</i>. This address is not visible to other recipients.<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <i>ADDRESS</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the 'From' address for the outgoing mail. Its effectiveness depends on MTA configuration and permissions.<br><br><b><b>-a</b> <i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attaches <i>FILE</i> to the message. The availability and exact behavior of this option can vary depending on the <b>mail</b> implementation (e.g., <i>heirloom-mailx</i> vs. <i>mailutils</i>).<br><br><b><b>-f</b> [<i>FILE</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads messages from <i>FILE</i> instead of the user's default system mailbox (typically <i>/var/mail/USER</i> or <i>/var/spool/mail/USER</i>). If <i>FILE</i> is omitted, it defaults to <i>mbox</i> in the user's home directory.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <i>USER</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads messages from the system mailbox of the specified <i>USER</i>. This usually requires appropriate read permissions.<br><br><b><b>-H</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a summary list of mail headers only, without entering the full interactive mail reader.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose mode, showing a transcript of the mail session. This can be useful for debugging mail delivery issues.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mail</b> command is a fundamental Unix-like utility for sending and receiving email. It functions as a basic Mail User Agent (MUA), enabling users to compose and send messages, as well as read and manage incoming mail. When used for sending, <b>mail</b> typically accepts the message body from its standard input, making it highly suitable for scripting purposes, automated notifications, and sending quick, simple messages. It relies on an underlying Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) like <i>sendmail</i> or <i>Postfix</i> for actual mail delivery. While its sending capabilities are robust for command-line use, its interactive mode for reading mail is more minimalist compared to feature-rich graphical or terminal-based email clients. It's often employed in system administration for alerts, log distribution, and basic internal communication.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The functionality and specific options of the <b>mail</b> command can differ significantly across various Linux distributions and their underlying implementations (e.g., those provided by <i>bsd-mailx</i>, <i>heirloom-mailx</i>, or <i>mailutils</i> packages). Users should always consult the <i>man page</i> for their system's installed version for precise details. Sending complex emails or those with certain types of attachments may not be fully supported by all basic <b>mail</b> versions. For advanced email management, more robust clients like <i>mutt</i> or graphical MUAs are generally recommended. Using <b>mail</b> in scripts requires careful input validation to prevent potential security vulnerabilities like command injection.


title: BASIC SENDING EXAMPLE
content:
To send a simple email from the command line:<br>echo "Hello, this is the body of the email." | mail -s "My Subject" user@example.com


title: READING MAIL
content:
To enter the interactive mail reader and view your inbox:<br>mail<br>Once inside, common commands include <b>p</b> (print message), <b>d</b> (delete message), <b>s</b> (save message), and <b>q</b> (quit).


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>mail</b> command traces its origins back to the very early days of Unix, serving as one of the original utilities for inter-user communication within a multi-user computing environment. As email systems evolved, more sophisticated clients emerged, but <b>mail</b> maintained its role as a lightweight, script-friendly interface for sending and basic reading of messages. The <b>mailx</b> command developed as an enhanced successor, often aliased or symlinked to <b>mail</b> on modern systems. Different implementations, such as <i>heirloom-mailx</i> and GNU <i>mailutils</i>, have continued its legacy, providing varying levels of features and POSIX compliance, ensuring its place as a fundamental command-line email tool.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mailq</b> [<i>-v</i>]<br><br>The command is often a symbolic link to an MTA-specific command (e.g., <i><B>sendmail -bp</B></i> or <i><B>postfix -p</B></i>), and therefore, its actual options may be inherited from the underlying MTA. The <i><B>-v</B></i> option is commonly supported for verbose output.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the mail queue in a verbose format, often providing more details about each message, such as full sender/recipient addresses, error messages, and headers.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><B>mailq</B></i> is a command-line utility used to display the contents of the mail queue on a Linux or Unix-like system. It shows messages that are waiting to be processed, delivered, or have been temporarily deferred due to various reasons (e.g., recipient server unavailable, network issues, large queue backlog).<br><br>The output typically includes the unique queue ID for each message, its size, the time it entered the queue, the sender's address, the intended recipients, and its current status.<br><br>System administrators frequently use <i><B>mailq</B></i> to monitor the mail system's health, identify and troubleshoot mail delivery problems, and assess the load on the mail server. On most systems, <i><B>mailq</B></i> is a symbolic link or wrapper for the underlying Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) command, such as <i><B>sendmail -bp</B></i> for Sendmail, or <i><B>postfix -p</B></i> for Postfix. This means its exact behavior and available options can vary slightly depending on the MTA in use.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><B>mailq</B></i> is frequently an alias or wrapper script for the system's underlying Mail Transfer Agent (MTA), such as Postfix, Sendmail, or Exim. Consequently, its exact behavior, available options, and output format can differ significantly between systems based on the installed MTA.<br><br>Access to the mail queue usually requires administrative privileges (e.g., root access or membership in a specific mail-related group) to prevent unauthorized viewing of sensitive email information.<br><br>For very large mail queues, the output of <i><B>mailq</B></i> can be extensive and may take time to process, potentially consuming system resources.


title: COMMON OUTPUT FIELDS
content:
When running <i><B>mailq</B></i>, you'll typically see columns providing key information about each message in the queue:<br><br><i><B>Queue ID:</B></i> A unique identifier for the message.<br><i><B>Size:</B></i> The size of the message in bytes.<br><i><B>Arrival Time:</B></i> The date and time the message entered the queue.<br><i><B>Sender:</B></i> The envelope sender address.<br><i><B>Recipients:</B></i> One or more intended recipient addresses. For deferred messages, an error message or reason for deferral might also be shown.


title: ADMINISTRATIVE USE CASES
content:
<i><B>mailq</B></i> is a crucial tool for system administrators to:<br><br>1. <i><B>Monitor Mail Flow:</B></i> Quickly see the volume of mail being processed.<br>2. <i><B>Troubleshoot Delivery Issues:</B></i> Identify messages that are stuck or deferred, often with accompanying error messages.<br>3. <i><B>Assess System Load:</B></i> A rapidly growing queue might indicate performance problems or spam attacks.<br>4. <i><B>Verify Mail Operations:</B></i> Confirm that messages are being processed and moved out of the queue as expected.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of listing the mail queue originated with the early development of Unix mail systems, prominently with <i><B>Sendmail</B></i>. The command <i><B>sendmail -bp</B></i> was the standard method to display the contents of the print (P) queue. Over time, <i><B>mailq</B></i> emerged as a convenient, user-friendly alias or wrapper command for this functionality.<br><br>As new Mail Transfer Agents like <i><B>Postfix</B></i> and <i><B>Exim</B></i> gained popularity, they adopted the <i><B>mailq</B></i> command, often implementing it as a symbolic link (e.g., to <i><B>postfix -p</B></i>) or a simple script to maintain a consistent interface for queue inspection across different MTA environments. This has made <i><B>mailq</B></i> a widely recognized and indispensable tool for mail system administration on Linux and Unix-like operating systems.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<p><b>mailx</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>address ...</i>]<br><b>mailx</b> [<i>options</i>] <b>-f</b> [<i>file</i>]</p>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s <i>subject</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the <i>Subject</i> header field of the message.<br><br><b>-a <i>file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attaches the specified <i>file</i> to the message.<br><br><b>-c <i>address</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends carbon copies (CC) of the message to the specified <i>address</i>(es).<br><br><b>-b <i>address</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends blind carbon copies (BCC) of the message to the specified <i>address</i>(es).<br><br><b>-r <i>address</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the 'From' <i>address</i> for the message.<br><br><b>-h <i>hostname</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the local <i>hostname</i> to be used in outgoing messages.<br><br><b>-u <i>user</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads or sends mail for the specified <i>user</i> instead of the current user.<br><br><b>-f [<i>file</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads messages from the specified <i>file</i> instead of the system mailbox. If <i>file</i> is omitted, it defaults to the user's 'mbox' file.<br><br><b>-F</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Records the message in a file named after the first recipient.<br><br><b>-i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ignores interrupts. Useful in scripts to prevent premature termination.<br><br><b>-n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents initialization from the system default `mailx.rc` or personal `~/.mailrc` files.<br><br><b>-N</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;When reading mail, suppresses the initial display of the header summary.<br><br><b>-q</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Terminates the program cleanly even if an interrupt is received, by saving changes.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose mode, displaying details of mail delivery steps.<br><br><b>-A <i>account</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses a specific configured <i>account</i> (defined in `~/.mailrc`) for sending or receiving mail.<br><br><b>-t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads recipient addresses (To, Cc, Bcc) from the message body itself.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<p>The <b>mailx</b> command is a versatile utility used for sending and receiving electronic mail directly from the command line. It acts as an interactive message processing system, allowing users to compose, send, read, and manage mail messages. While it can be used interactively for reading and replying to mail, its strength often lies in its ability to send mail from scripts and automated processes.</p><br><p>It supports a wide range of features, including attaching files, specifying carbon copies (CC) and blind carbon copies (BCC), setting custom subjects, and managing various mail headers. Modern implementations of <b>mailx</b> often include support for secure connections (SSL/TLS) for sending mail via SMTP and retrieving mail from POP3/IMAP servers, making it suitable for contemporary email infrastructures. It is a robust and flexible tool for system administrators and developers alike.</p>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<p><b>mailx</b> relies on a properly configured Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) on the system (e.g., Postfix, Sendmail, Exim) for sending external mail. Without an MTA, it can only send local mail or connect directly to a remote SMTP server if configured to do so. Security considerations are important when sending sensitive data; ensure SSL/TLS is used for external SMTP/IMAP/POP3 connections. Configuration can be complex, often requiring edits to <code>~/.mailrc</code> or system-wide configuration files.</p>


title: MODES OF OPERATION
content:
<p><b>mailx</b> operates in two primary modes: <i>sending mail</i> (when recipient addresses are specified on the command line, it enters send mode) and <i>reading/managing mail</i> (when invoked with options like <code>-f</code> or without arguments, it enters interactive receive mode to display and manage messages).</p>


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
<p>The behavior of <b>mailx</b> is highly customizable via system-wide (e.g., <code>/etc/mail.rc</code>, <code>/etc/mailx.rc</code>) and user-specific (<code>~/.mailrc</code>) configuration files. These files can define variables, aliases for recipients, and macro commands to streamline common tasks and set up connections to remote mail servers.</p>


title: HISTORY
content:
<p><b>mailx</b> has a long history, evolving from the original <b>mail</b> command found in early Unix systems. It was designed to provide more advanced features and a more user-friendly interface than its predecessors. Over time, it gained enhancements and became part of various Unix standards, including POSIX and System V Release 4 (SVR4). Its development has focused on improving its capabilities for both interactive use and, crucially, for scripting automated email notifications, making it a staple in shell scripts and system automation workflows. Modern versions often include support for contemporary email protocols like SMTP, POP3, and IMAP, extending its utility beyond local mail delivery.</p>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-s</b>, <b>--select</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Select a region of the screen or a window with <I>slop</I> or <I>slurp</I>.</I><br><br><b><b>-i</b> <I>ID</I>, <b>--window</b> <I>ID</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Capture a specific window by its X window ID.</I><br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--active</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Capture the currently active window.</I><br><br><b><b>-d</b> <I>N</I>, <b>--delay</b> <I>N</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Delay screenshot by <I>N</I> seconds.</I><br><br><b><b>-m</b> <I>N</I>, <b>--monitor</b> <I>N</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Capture a specific monitor by number.</I><br><br><b><b>-u</b>, <b>--no-cursor</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Do not include the mouse cursor in the screenshot.</I><br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--keep-cursor</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Always include the mouse cursor (default behavior if no <I>-u</I>). For grim captures, this is default.</I><br><br><b><b>-f</b> <I>FORMAT</I>, <b>--format</b> <I>FORMAT</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specify the output image format (e.g., <I>png</I>, <I>jpeg</I>, <I>webp</I>). Defaults to <I>png</I>.</I><br><br><b><b>-q</b> <I>N</I>, <b>--quality</b> <I>N</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set JPEG/WEBP compression quality (0-100). Ignored for PNG.</I><br><br><b><b>-P</b>, <b>--grim</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Use <I>grim</I> for Wayland screenshots. Requires <I>grim</I> and <I>slurp</I>.</I><br><br><b><b>-N</b>, <b>--no-grim-notify</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Do not notify if <I>grim</I> is not found when <I>-P</I> is used.</I><br><br><b><b>-o</b>, <b>--stdout</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Output image data to standard output.</I><br><br><b><b>-B</b> <I>COLOR</I>, <b>--background</b> <I>COLOR</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set background color for transparent areas (e.g., <I>"#000000"</I>). Only affects PNG output with alpha channel.</I><br><br><b><b>-t</b> <I>N</I>, <b>--threshold</b> <I>N</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Set <I>slop</I> click detection threshold (in pixels). <I>maim</I> passes this to <I>slop</I>.</I><br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Display help information and exit.</I><br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Display version information and exit.</I><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>maim</I> (<i>make image</i>) is a simple, yet powerful, command-line utility designed for taking screenshots on Linux. It's often favored by users of tiling window managers due to its lightweight nature and ability to integrate seamlessly with other tools. Unlike some more feature-rich GUI screenshot tools, <I>maim</I> focuses on performing its core task efficiently and then allowing external programs to handle selection, clipboard management, or image manipulation.<br><br>It supports capturing the entire screen, a specific window, or a user-selected region. For region selection on X, it typically leverages <I>slop</I> (<i>select operation</i>), allowing for pixel-perfect selections. On Wayland, <I>maim</I> can utilize <I>grim</I> for screen capture and <I>slurp</I> for region selection, making it a versatile choice across different display servers. Its output can be saved directly to a file, piped to standard output, or sent to the clipboard via tools like <I>xclip</I> (X) or <I>wl-clipboard</I> (Wayland).<br><br><I>maim</I> is known for its speed and minimal dependencies, making it an excellent choice for scripting custom screenshot workflows.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I><I>maim</I> heavily relies on external utilities for certain functionalities:</I><br><I>•   <b>Region Selection:</b> On X, it requires <I>slop</I> to enable interactive region selection (<I>-s</I>). On Wayland, it requires <I>slurp</I>.</I><br><I>•   <b>Wayland Support:</b> Native Wayland screenshots require the <I>grim</I> utility (<I>-P</I> option). Without it, <I>maim</I> will primarily function on X display servers.</I><br><I>•   <b>Clipboard Integration:</b> To copy screenshots directly to the clipboard, you'll need <I>xclip</I> (for X) or <I>wl-clipboard</I> (for Wayland).</I><br><I>•   <b>Dependencies:</b> Ensure necessary Xorg development headers and libraries (e.g., <I>libXrandr</I>, <I>libXfixes</I>) are installed for compilation or proper execution on X.


title: <I>USAGE EXAMPLES</I>
content:
<I>•   <b>Full screen to file:</b><br>`maim ~/screenshot.png`</I><br><br><I>•   <b>Select region to file:</b><br>`maim -s ~/selection.png`</I><br><br><I>•   <b>Active window to clipboard (X):</b><br>`maim -i $(xdotool getactivewindow) | xclip -selection clipboard -t image/png`</I><br><br><I>•   <b>Select region to clipboard (Wayland with <I>grim</I>):</b><br>`maim -P -s | wl-copy`</I><br><br><I>•   <b>Full screen with a delay:</b><br>`maim -d 3 ~/delayed_screenshot.png`</I><br><br><I>•   <b>Output as JPEG with quality:</b><br>`maim -f jpeg -q 80 ~/screenshot.jpg`</I>


title: <I>INTEGRATION WITH EXTERNAL TOOLS</I>
content:
<I><I>maim</I>'s strength lies in its ability to compose with other command-line tools. For instance, <I>slop</I> provides the graphical selection interface, allowing you to drag a rectangle or click on a window. <I>xclip</I> (X) and <I>wl-clipboard</I> (Wayland) handle clipboard operations, making it easy to paste screenshots directly into documents or image editors. <I>grim</I> and <I>slurp</I> are the Wayland equivalents for capturing and selecting. This modular approach ensures <I>maim</I> remains lean while providing powerful capabilities through external dependencies.</I>


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>The <I>maim</I> utility was created by Zeeshan Ali, who also developed <I>slop</I>, the highly customizable selection tool <I>maim</I> often uses. It emerged as a lightweight, flexible alternative to older screenshot tools, designed to integrate well with scripting and minimalist window managers like i3, bspwm, and AwesomeWM. Its development philosophy emphasizes single-purpose tools that can be effectively piped together, which is a common Unix paradigm. <I>maim</I> has gained popularity within the power-user community for its speed, minimal overhead, and ability to be easily customized through shell scripts, adapting to various workflows on both X and, more recently, Wayland display servers.</I>


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<code>make [<i>options</i>] [<i>targets</i>]</code><br><code>make -f <i>FILE</i> [<i>targets</i>]</code>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-f</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--file=</b><i>FILE</i>, <b>--makefile=</b><i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative <i>Makefile</i> to use instead of the default <code>Makefile</code> or <code>makefile</code>.<br><br><b><b>-j</b> [<i>N</i>], <b>--jobs</b>[=<i>N</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows <i>N</i> jobs (commands) to run simultaneously. If <i>N</i> is omitted, <code>make</code> runs as many jobs as possible, typically limited by CPU cores.<br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--keep-going</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Continues building as much as possible even after a command fails.<br><br><b><b>-n</b>, <b>--just-print</b>, <b>--dry-run</b>, <b>--recon</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the commands that would be executed, but does not actually execute them. Useful for debugging <i>Makefiles</i>.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--silent</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses the echoing of commands as they are executed, showing only the output of the commands themselves.<br><br><b><b>-C</b> <i>DIR</i>, <b>--directory=</b><i>DIR</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changes the current working directory to <i>DIR</i> before reading <i>Makefiles</i> or doing anything else.<br><br><b><b>-B</b>, <b>--always-make</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Unconditionally makes all targets, even if their prerequisites are up to date.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<code>make</code> is a powerful command-line utility used for automating the compilation of software projects and managing dependencies. Its primary function is to read a <i>Makefile</i> (or <i>makefile</i>) which contains a set of rules defining how to build a project's components. Each rule specifies a <b>target</b> (what to build), its <b>prerequisites</b> (files it depends on), and a <b>recipe</b> (the commands to execute to build the target).<br><br>When <code>make</code> is invoked, it intelligently determines which parts of a project need to be recompiled by comparing the timestamps of target files and their prerequisites. If a prerequisite is newer than its target, or if the target doesn't exist, <code>make</code> executes the associated recipe. This approach ensures efficient, incremental builds, saving significant time by only rebuilding what has changed. <code>make</code> is indispensable for large, complex software projects written in languages like C, C++, and for managing general build processes where dependencies need to be tracked precisely.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While powerful, <code>make</code> can have a steep learning curve due to its unique syntax and implicit rules. Debugging complex <i>Makefiles</i> can be challenging, especially when dealing with variable expansions and shell interactions. Its dependency on file timestamps can sometimes be problematic in distributed or network file system environments. For highly dynamic build processes or complex package management, newer build systems might offer more flexibility or abstraction.


title: MAKEFILE STRUCTURE
content:
A <i>Makefile</i> consists of rules, variables, and comments. A basic rule is defined as: <code>target: prerequisites<br>	recipe</code><br>where `\t` represents a tab character. <b>Targets</b> are typically files to be created (e.g., executable, object file) or actions to perform (e.g., <code>clean</code>). <b>Prerequisites</b> are files or other targets the target depends on. The <b>recipe</b> is a sequence of shell commands to execute if the target is out of date or does not exist.


title: IMPLICIT RULES
content:
<code>make</code> provides a set of built-in, or <i>implicit</i>, rules that simplify common tasks. For example, it knows how to compile a <code>.c</code> file into a <code>.o</code> object file using <code>cc -c $<</code> without explicit definition in the <i>Makefile</i>. These rules save time and effort, but can sometimes lead to unexpected behavior if not understood.


title: VARIABLES
content:
<i>Makefiles</i> extensively use variables to store lists of files, compiler options, or paths, making them more organized and reusable. Variables are defined using <code>VAR = value</code> and referenced with <code>$(VAR)</code> or <code>${VAR}</code>. They significantly enhance the flexibility and maintainability of build configurations.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <code>make</code> utility was originally developed by Stuart Feldman at Bell Labs in April 1976. It emerged from the need to manage dependencies in large software projects, specifically to avoid recompiling an entire system when only a few files had changed. Before <code>make</code>, developers had to manually track file changes and issue compilation commands, a tedious and error-prone process. <code>make</code> quickly became a standard and essential tool in Unix-like operating systems. The most widely used version today is GNU Make, which has significantly extended the original functionality with features like conditional execution, functions, and powerful string manipulation, solidifying its role as a cornerstone of software development on Linux and other Unix-like platforms.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-p <private_key_path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the full path and filename for the generated private key. If not specified, the key will be saved as <i>filename-base</i>.key.<br><br><b>-r <certificate_path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the full path and filename for the generated certificate. If not specified, the certificate will be saved as <i>filename-base</i>.crt.<br><br><b>-d <days></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the validity period of the certificate in days. The default is typically 365 days.<br><br><b>-n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates the private key without a passphrase. This is commonly used for server deployments where unattended startup is desired.<br><br><b>-e <email_address></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the email address field within the certificate's subject information.<br><br><b>-s <subject_string></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows specifying the full subject string for the certificate in a single argument (e.g., "/C=US/ST=NY/L=NYC/O=MyOrg/CN=localhost"). This overrides interactive prompts.<br><br><b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b>filename-base</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The base name for the output certificate and key files. If specific paths are not provided with -p and -r, files like <i>filename-base</i>.crt and <i>filename-base</i>.key will be created in the current directory.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The `make-ssl-cert` command is a utility script, primarily found on Debian and Ubuntu systems, designed to simplify the creation of self-signed SSL/TLS certificates and their corresponding private keys. It acts as a convenient wrapper around the more complex `openssl` command, automating the necessary steps to generate an X.509 certificate and an RSA private key. Its main purpose is to provide a straightforward method for setting up HTTPS for local development servers, testing environments, or internal services where a certificate signed by a public Certificate Authority (CA) is not required or feasible. By abstracting away the intricacies of `openssl` command parameters, it enables users to quickly provision essential cryptographic assets for secure communication without deep knowledge of OpenSSL's extensive options or interactive prompts.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The certificates generated by `make-ssl-cert` are <b>self-signed</b>. This means they are not trusted by default by web browsers or other client applications, as they are not issued by a recognized Certificate Authority (CA). For public-facing services, a CA-signed certificate (e.g., from Let's Encrypt via Certbot) is required to avoid security warnings and ensure widespread trust. For local development or internal use, you may need to manually import the generated certificate into your system's trust store or browser to avoid security warnings.


title: OUTPUT FILES
content:
When `make-ssl-cert` is executed, it typically creates two essential files in the specified paths or the current directory:<br><i><code><filename-base>.key</i></code>: This file contains the private key, which must be kept absolutely secure and confidential.<br><i><code><filename-base>.crt</i></code>: This file contains the self-signed X.509 certificate, which can be distributed to clients that need to trust your server.


title: INTERACTIVE VS. NON-INTERACTIVE MODE
content:
By default, `make-ssl-cert` may prompt the user for certificate subject information (e.g., Country Name, State, Organization Name, Common Name). This interactive behavior can be completely bypassed by using the `-s` option to provide a full subject string in a single argument, making it suitable for scripting and automated deployments.


title: HISTORY
content:
The `make-ssl-cert` utility emerged as part of the Debian/Ubuntu ecosystem to simplify the otherwise complex process of generating self-signed SSL certificates using the `openssl` command-line tool. Its development was driven by the need for a user-friendly abstraction layer, making it easier for system administrators and developers to quickly set up HTTPS for local testing and internal services without needing extensive knowledge of OpenSSL's many parameters. It became a standard part of various Debian-based distributions, providing a convenient script for common certificate generation tasks, focusing on ease of use for development and internal network security.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--type <type></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the type of build server to configure (e.g., <i>jenkins</i>, <i>gitlab-runner</i>, <i>generic</i>). This would dictate which specific tools and configurations are applied.<br><br><b>--install-tools</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs common build tools such as Git, Docker, Java Development Kit (JDK), Node.js, Maven, and Gradle, ensuring the server has necessary components for various build processes.<br><br><b>--user <username></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies or creates a dedicated user account under which the build server processes will run, enhancing security and resource management.<br><br><b>--data-dir <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the directory where the build server's persistent data (e.g., build artifacts, configuration files, logs) will be stored.<br><br><b>--port <number></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the network port for the build server's web interface or agent communication, if applicable.<br><br><b>--config-file <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a path to a custom configuration file (e.g., YAML or JSON) that defines specific settings, plugins, or additional tools to be installed.<br><br><b>--dry-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes the command in a simulation mode, showing what actions would be performed without actually making any changes to the system.<br><br><b>--verbose</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables verbose output, displaying detailed progress and diagnostic messages during the setup process.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with command usage and available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>makebuildserver</b> command is a conceptual or specialized utility, not a standard Linux command found in most distributions. If it existed as a generic tool, its purpose would be to automate the complex process of setting up and configuring a build server on a Linux system. <br><br>A build server typically requires installing various development tools (like compilers, JDKs, Node.js, Python), version control clients (Git, SVN), build automation tools (Maven, Gradle, npm), containerization platforms (Docker), and specific continuous integration/continuous delivery (CI/CD) software (e.g., <i>Jenkins</i>, <i>GitLab Runner</i>, <i>TeamCity agent</i>). <br><br>This hypothetical command would aim to streamline these steps, from installing necessary packages and managing dependencies to configuring user accounts, setting up data directories, and initializing services. It would ideally abstract away distribution-specific package managers (like <i>apt</i> or <i>yum</i>) and complex configuration files, providing a simpler, unified interface for deploying a functional build environment. Its true implementation would likely be a shell script, Ansible playbook, or similar automation tool specific to an organization's needs.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>makebuildserver</b> command is <b>not a standard Linux utility</b>. Its existence is likely tied to a specific organization's internal automation scripts, a custom project, or it may be a hypothetical concept. <br><br>Therefore, direct execution on a typical Linux distribution will result in a "command not found" error. <br><br>Any implementation of such a command must carefully consider: <br><i><b>Security:</b></i> Proper user permissions, network access controls, and secure configuration of services are paramount. <br><i><b>Idempotency:</b></i> The script should be runnable multiple times without causing issues or re-applying already configured settings. <br><i><b>Distribution Compatibility:</b></i> Real-world scripts often need adjustments for different Linux distributions (e.g., <i>apt</i> vs. <i>yum</i> vs. <i>dnf</i>). <br><i><b>Resource Usage:</b></i> Build servers can be resource-intensive; adequate CPU, memory, and disk space must be available.


title: CONFIGURATION BEST PRACTICES
content:
A robust "makebuildserver" script would integrate best practices for server configuration, such as setting up appropriate file permissions, configuring firewalls, and ensuring services start on boot. It would also prioritize security, ensuring that only necessary ports are open and sensitive information is handled securely.


title: CUSTOMIZATION AND EXTENSIBILITY
content:
For practical use, such a command would need to be highly customizable, allowing users to specify exact versions of tools, define custom plugins for CI/CD platforms, or integrate with existing infrastructure services like LDAP for user authentication. This often involves templating configuration files and using variables.


title: IDEMPOTENCY AND ERROR HANDLING
content:
A critical aspect of automation scripts is idempotency—meaning running the script multiple times produces the same result without unintended side effects. Robust error handling is also crucial to ensure that failures during setup are gracefully managed and provide informative feedback to the user, preventing partial or broken installations.


title: HISTORY
content:
As <b>makebuildserver</b> is not a standard, universally recognized Linux command, it does not have a documented history of development and usage within mainstream operating systems. Its conceptual origin stems from the common need to automate the often complex and repetitive task of setting up dedicated build environments. Organizations frequently develop internal scripts or use configuration management tools (like <i>Ansible</i>, <i>Puppet</i>, or <i>Chef</i>) to encapsulate these setup procedures, effectively creating their own "makebuildserver" equivalent for specific build server types (e.g., Jenkins, GitLab Runner, TeamCity) or project requirements.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>MAKEDEV</b> [<b>-n</b>] [<b>-v</b>] [<b>-r</b>] [<b>-d</b> <I>dirname</I>] <I>target</I> ...<br><br>Where <I>target</I> can be:<br><ul><li>A predefined category of devices (e.g., <I>generic</I>, <I>std</I>, <I>console</I>, <I>pty</I>, <I>loop</I>)</li><li>A specific device name (e.g., <I>null</I>, <I>zero</I>, <I>random</I>)</li></ul>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>target</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies which device files to create. This can be a predefined category (like 'generic' for common devices or 'std' for standard I/O devices) or the name of a specific device (like 'null' or 'zero'). Multiple targets can be specified.<br><br><b>-n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform a dry run. The script will show what it would do without actually creating or deleting any device files.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output. Provides more detailed information about the actions being performed, such as which device files are being created and their properties.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Remove existing device files before recreating them. This ensures a clean slate, especially useful if device properties (like major/minor numbers) have changed.<br><br><b>-d dirname</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternative directory to create device files in, instead of the default '/dev'. This is useful for chroot environments or creating device sets for specific purposes.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
MAKEDEV is a shell script primarily used on Linux systems to create special device files (also known as device nodes) within the <I>/dev</I> directory. These device files are critical interfaces that allow user-space programs to communicate with hardware devices (like hard drives, keyboards, terminals, etc.) and pseudo-devices (like <I>/dev/null</I> or random number generators).<br><br>Historically, before the advent of dynamic device management systems like udev and mdev, MAKEDEV was the standard method for populating the <I>/dev</I> directory during system installation, recovery, or in minimal environments. It typically reads configuration information (often hardcoded within the script or from a simple database) to determine the correct device type (block or character), major number, minor number, and permissions for each device node. While modern Linux distributions largely rely on udev to dynamically create and manage device nodes as hardware is detected or connected, MAKEDEV remains important for certain scenarios, such as bootstrapping a system where udev is not yet running, or for creating static device files in specific embedded or recovery environments where dynamic management is not desired or feasible. It automates what would otherwise be a tedious and error-prone manual process of calling mknod for each device.


title: CAVEATS
content:
MAKEDEV is largely considered a legacy tool in modern Linux systems, as its functionality has been superseded by dynamic device management systems like udev (or mdev in embedded contexts). Manually running MAKEDEV on a system managed by udev can lead to conflicts or inconsistencies if not done carefully. It does not provide dynamic hotplugging capabilities; new devices connected to the system will not automatically get a device file unless MAKEDEV is run again with the appropriate target. Its primary use case now is often restricted to initial system setup, recovery environments, or minimalistic systems where udev is not employed.


title: DEVICE FILES AND THE /DEV DIRECTORY
content:
Device files in the <I>/dev</I> directory are special files that represent hardware devices or pseudo-devices. They come in two main types: <B>block devices</B> (for devices that transfer data in fixed-size blocks, like hard drives, identified by 'b' in `ls -l`) and <B>character devices</B> (for devices that transfer data character by character, like terminals or serial ports, identified by 'c'). Each device file is associated with a <B>major number</B> (identifying the device driver) and a <B>minor number</B> (identifying a specific instance of the device). MAKEDEV's primary function is to correctly set these numbers and create the corresponding special files.


title: MAJOR AND MINOR NUMBERS
content:
Every device node has a major and minor number. The <B>major number</B> identifies the driver that controls the device. For example, all SCSI disks might share the same major number. The <B>minor number</B> identifies a specific device controlled by that driver. So, `sda` might be major X, minor 0; `sdb` major X, minor 1, and so on. MAKEDEV contains an internal database or logic to determine these numbers for a wide range of standard and common devices, ensuring that the created device files correctly link to the intended kernel drivers.


title: HISTORY
content:
MAKEDEV emerged as a necessary tool in the early days of Linux (and Unix-like systems) when device files in <I>/dev</I> were statically created and managed. System administrators or installation scripts had to manually create each device node using the mknod command, which was prone to errors, especially when dealing with the correct major and minor numbers. MAKEDEV automated this process by encapsulating the knowledge of common device types and their associated numbers. Its importance began to decline with the rise of hotplugging and dynamic device creation frameworks, culminating in udev (initially part of the kernel as devfs, then externalized) becoming the de facto standard for modern Linux distributions. Despite this, MAKEDEV maintains relevance in specific scenarios where a static or minimal <I>/dev</I> is preferred, or during system boot stages before udev takes over.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s <size></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the size of the IVs to create, in bytes. For WEP, this is typically 3 bytes.<br><br><b>-b <bssid></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the MAC address of the Access Point (BSSID) for which to generate IVs.<br><br><b>-w <wepkey></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a known WEP key (in hex or ASCII) to be used when generating IVs, useful for testing or specific attacks.<br><br><b>-c <count></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the total number of IVs to generate.<br><br><b>-d <delay></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets a delay in microseconds between the generation of each IV.<br><br><b>-e <essid></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the ESSID (network name) for which the IVs should be generated.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the help message and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
makeivs-ng is a utility within the <I>Aircrack-ng</I> suite designed to generate fake <I>Initialization Vectors (IVs)</I> for <I>WEP</I> key cracking. It allows users to create a specified number of IVs with custom characteristics, such as the <I>BSSID</I> of an Access Point, a known <I>WEP</I> key, or a particular <I>ESSID</I>. These generated IVs can then be used in conjunction with other tools like <I>aireplay-ng</I> for various injection attacks, such as testing the validity of a known key or conducting sophisticated attacks like the <I>Chopper attack</I>. While <I>WEP</I> is a deprecated and insecure encryption standard, makeivs-ng remains valuable for educational purposes, security auditing of legacy networks, or forensic analysis.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>makeivs-ng</I> is primarily useful for attacking <I>WEP</I> encrypted networks, which are considered highly insecure and deprecated. Its use on networks without explicit permission is illegal and unethical. Ensure you have proper authorization before using this tool.<br>


title: PREREQUISITES
content:
To use <I>makeivs-ng</I>, a wireless adapter capable of monitor mode and packet injection is required. The specified interface must be put into monitor mode using tools like <I>airmon-ng</I> prior to running <I>makeivs-ng</I>.


title: OUTPUT
content:
<I>makeivs-ng</I> typically outputs the generated IVs to standard output, which can then be piped to other tools or saved to a file for later use. The output format depends on the specific use case and how it's integrated into a larger attack or testing script.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>makeivs-ng</I> is an integral part of the <I>Aircrack-ng</I> suite, a network security software suite originally designed for <I>802.11 WEP</I> and <I>WPA/WPA2-PSK</I> key cracking. Developed to address the vulnerabilities in wireless encryption protocols, tools like <I>makeivs-ng</I> became crucial for demonstrating and exploiting weaknesses in <I>WEP</I>. Although <I>WEP</I> has largely been replaced by more robust security protocols, the development of <I>makeivs-ng</I> contributed significantly to the understanding and auditing of wireless network security during its prevalence.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<br><code>makepasswd [ <I>password</I> ]</code><br><br>If <I>password</I> is provided as an argument, it is encrypted. If omitted, <b>makepasswd</b> reads the password from standard input.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><I>password</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The cleartext password to be encrypted. If provided on the command line, it is directly processed. Otherwise, the command will prompt for or read the password from standard input.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<br>The <b>makepasswd</b> command is a utility designed to encrypt a given password using the traditional DES (Data Encryption Standard) crypt method, suitable for use in system password files like <code>/etc/passwd</code> or <code>/etc/shadow</code>.<br><br>It takes a cleartext password either as a command-line argument or from standard input, processes it through the <code>crypt(3)</code> function with a random salt, and then outputs the resulting encrypted hash to standard output.<br><br>Unlike some other password utilities, <b>makepasswd</b> does not generate random passwords; its primary function is to transform an existing password into its encrypted form.<br><br>It is often found as part of the <i>whois</i> package on Debian-based Linux distributions.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<br><b>Limited Cryptographic Strength:</b> <b>makepasswd</b> primarily uses the DES crypt algorithm, which is considered insecure and vulnerable to brute-force attacks due to its short key length and age.<br><br><b>No Random Generation:</b> This command encrypts a provided password; it does not generate random, strong passwords.<br><br><b>Salt Generation:</b> While it uses a random salt for each encryption, the underlying DES algorithm's weaknesses persist.<br><br><b>Distribution Specific:</b> Its availability and behavior might vary across different Linux distributions, typically found in Debian-based systems as part of the <i>whois</i> package.


title: USAGE FOR /ETC/PASSWD
content:
<br>The output of <b>makepasswd</b> can be directly used in the password field of <code>/etc/passwd</code> or <code>/etc/shadow</code> entries.<br><br>For example, <code>echo "mysecret" | makepasswd</code> would output a string like <code>abCdefGhijklM</code> which could then be manually inserted into a user's password field.


title: HISTORY
content:
<br>The <b>makepasswd</b> utility has historically been included as part of the <i>whois</i> client package, particularly on Debian and its derivatives.<br><br>Its design reflects an older approach to password management, primarily serving the need to generate <code>crypt(3)</code> compatible password hashes, often for manual entry into password files or scripts.<br><br>With the advent of stronger hashing algorithms (like SHA-256, SHA-512, Blowfish) and more sophisticated password management tools, its direct usage has become less common for new system deployments.<br><br>However, it remains available for compatibility with legacy systems or specific administrative tasks where DES-encrypted passwords are still required.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<pre>
<B>makepkg</B> [<I>options</I>]
</pre><I>makepkg</I> is typically run in a directory containing a <B>PKGBUILD</B> file.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><B>-s</B>, <B>--syncdeps</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Syncs and installs any build-time dependencies using <I>pacman</I> before building.<br><br><b><B>-r</B>, <B>--rmdeps</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Removes installed build-time dependencies after the package is successfully built.<br><br><b><B>-f</B>, <B>--force</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces a rebuild of the package, even if a previous package file already exists.<br><br><b><B>-i</B>, <B>--install</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Installs the built package(s) using <I>pacman</I> after a successful build.<br><br><b><B>-c</B>, <B>--clean</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Cleans up the working directory by removing the <I>src/</I> and <I>pkg/</I> directories and the generated package file.<br><br><b><B>-C</B>, <B>--cleanbuild</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Performs a clean build by first cleaning the working directory and then building the package.<br><br><b><B>-d</B>, <B>--nodeps</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips all dependency checks, potentially leading to build failures if dependencies are missing.<br><br><b><B>-e</B>, <B>--noextract</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips the extraction of source files if they are already present in the <I>src/</I> directory.<br><br><b><B>-g</B>, <B>--geninteg</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates and prints the integrity checksums (e.g., <I>md5sums</I>, <I>sha256sums</I>) for the source files, without building the package.<br><br><b><B>-o</B>, <B>--nobuild</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Downloads and extracts the source files but does not proceed with the build or package creation.<br><br><b><B>-p</B>, <B>--printsrcinfo</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the <I>.SRCINFO</I> metadata for the <B>PKGBUILD</B> to standard output.<br><br><b><B>-S</B>, <B>--skipinteg</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips all integrity checks for source files (e.g., <I>md5sums</I>, <I>sha256sums</I>).<br><br><b><B>-u</B>, <B>--nocheck</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips the execution of the <I>check()</I> function defined in the <B>PKGBUILD</B>.<br><br><b><B>-W</B>, <B>--noprepare</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Skips the execution of the <I>prepare()</I> function defined in the <B>PKGBUILD</B>.<br><br><b><B>-T</B>, <B>--nosign</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not sign the built package even if signing is configured in <I>makepkg.conf</I>.<br><br><b><B>--config</B> <I>&lt;file&gt;</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses an alternate configuration file instead of the default <I>/etc/makepkg.conf</I>.<br><br><b><B>--noconfirm</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assumes "yes" to all prompts, useful for scripting.<br><br><b><B>--chroot</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Builds the package in a clean <I>chroot</I> environment, enhancing reproducibility and security. Requires additional setup (e.g., <I>extra-x86_64-build</I>).<br><br><b><B>--ignore</B> <I>&lt;packages&gt;</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A comma-separated list of dependencies to ignore during the dependency check.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>makepkg</I> is a command-line tool central to Arch Linux's package management, designed to automate the process of building software packages from source code. It reads instructions from a <B>PKGBUILD</B> file, which is a shell script containing metadata and build directives for a specific package. <I>makepkg</I> handles the entire build workflow: it downloads necessary source files, verifies their integrity using checksums (MD5, SHA1, SHA256, etc.) and optionally PGP signatures, extracts them, applies any required patches, compiles the software, installs it into a temporary environment, and finally packages it into a compressed <I>pacman</I>-compatible archive (typically <I>.pkg.tar.zst</I>).<br><br>This utility ensures that packages are built consistently and adhere to Arch Linux packaging standards. It integrates with <I>pacman</I> for dependency resolution, automatically checking for and prompting to install build dependencies before compilation. <I>makepkg</I> empowers users to build packages from the Arch User Repository (<I>AUR</I>) or their own custom sources, making Arch a highly customizable and "do-it-yourself" distribution. Its simplicity and effectiveness contribute significantly to Arch's rolling-release model and user control over their system.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>makepkg</I> requires a <B>PKGBUILD</B> file to be present in the current working directory to function correctly. It is designed specifically for Arch Linux and its derivatives and is not portable to other distributions. For security, always review <B>PKGBUILD</B>s before execution, especially those from untrusted sources, as they are shell scripts and can execute arbitrary commands with user permissions. Using <B>--chroot</B> is highly recommended for building untrusted packages to isolate the build process from your main system, but it requires initial setup and configuration.


title: <B>PKGBUILD</B> FILE STRUCTURE
content:
The <I>PKGBUILD</I> file is a Bash script containing variables (e.g., <I>pkgname</I>, <I>pkgver</I>, <I>arch</I>, <I>depends</I>, <I>source</I>) and functions (e.g., <I>prepare()</I>, <I>build()</I>, <I>check()</I>, <I>package()</I>). <I>makepkg</I> executes these functions sequentially to perform the build steps.


title: WORKING DIRECTORIES
content:
During the build process, <I>makepkg</I> creates temporary directories within the working directory: <I>src/</I> for extracted source files and <I>pkg/</I> where the software is installed before being packaged. These can be cleaned up with the <B>-c</B> or <B>-C</B> options.


title: MAKEPKG.CONF
content:
The main configuration file for <I>makepkg</I> is <I>/etc/makepkg.conf</I>. It allows users to customize various aspects of the build process, such as compiler flags (<I>CFLAGS</I>, <I>CXXFLAGS</I>), compression algorithms for packages, GPG key settings for package signing, and build environments (e.g., fakeroot settings).


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>makepkg</I> has been an integral part of the Arch Linux ecosystem since its early days, embodying the distribution's philosophy of user control and simplicity. Developed primarily in Bash, its evolution has closely mirrored that of <I>pacman</I> and the <I>PKGBUILD</I> format. It provides a standardized way for users to build packages, contributing significantly to the success of the Arch User Repository (<I>AUR</I>), which relies on users sharing <B>PKGBUILD</B>s. Over time, features like integrity checks, PGP signing, chroot builds, and various build-time optimizations have been added, enhancing security, reproducibility, and flexibility, while maintaining its core purpose as a simple, yet powerful, package builder.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>TEMPLATE_FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the Mako template file to be rendered.<br><br><b><i>DATA_FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;An optional path to a file containing data for the template. This file is typically in JSON or YAML format, and its contents are loaded as a dictionary accessible within the template context.<br><br><b><b>-D</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--data</b>=<i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an explicit data file (e.g., JSON, YAML) to be loaded for the template context. This is an alternative way to provide the <i>DATA_FILE</i> argument.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i>FILE</i>, <b>--output</b>=<i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes the rendered output to the specified <i>FILE</i> instead of standard output.<br><br><b><b>-t</b> <i>DIR</i>, <b>--template-dir</b>=<i>DIR</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds the specified <i>DIR</i> to the template lookup path. This allows the template to locate included or inherited templates from this directory.<br><br><b><b>-E</b> <i>ENCODING</i>, <b>--encoding</b>=<i>ENCODING</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the character <i>ENCODING</i> for the output. Common values include 'utf-8', 'latin-1', etc. Defaults to 'utf-8' if not specified.<br><br><b><b>--strict</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables strict mode, causing the command to exit with an error if a template variable is accessed but not found in the provided data context.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits, showing available options and usage.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mako-render</b> command is a utility for rendering Mako templates directly from the command line. Mako is a popular templating language for Python, known for its performance and rich feature set, including inheritance, includes, and filters. <br><br>This command allows users to specify a Mako template file and provide contextual data (often in JSON or YAML format) that the template will use during rendering. The rendered output, typically HTML, XML, or plain text, is then printed to standard output or an optionally specified file. It's commonly used for testing templates, generating configuration files, or creating dynamic content in shell scripts without requiring a full Python application.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <b>mako-render</b> command is not a standard, universally installed Linux utility. Its availability depends on whether it has been specifically installed (e.g., via <b>pip install mako</b> and then a custom script, or as part of a larger project like Ansible). The exact options and behavior may vary slightly depending on the specific implementation of the script. Users should consult the source or local documentation if the command behaves unexpectedly.


title: DATA FORMAT
content:
The <i>DATA_FILE</i> or file provided via <b>--data</b> is typically expected to be in JSON or YAML format. The command parses this file and makes its contents available as variables within the Mako template. For example, if a JSON file contains <code>{"name": "World"}</code>, you can access <code>${name}</code> in your Mako template.


title: TEMPLATE LOOKUP
content:
When a template uses <code>&lt;%include&gt;</code> or <code>&lt;%inherit&gt;</code> directives, Mako needs to know where to find these referenced templates. The <b>--template-dir</b> option is crucial for specifying additional directories where Mako should look for these dependencies, beyond the directory of the main template file itself.


title: HISTORY
content:
Mako was first released in 2007 by Michael Bayer as a Python templating library designed for high performance and a flexible syntax. It gained popularity in various Python web frameworks and standalone applications. The <b>mako-render</b> utility typically evolved as a simple command-line wrapper script bundled with Mako's examples or created by users for quick template testing and standalone rendering tasks, rather than being a core part of the Mako library itself. Its development is intertwined with the evolution of the Mako project, continuously adapting to Python versions and community needs for template rendering.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mamba</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;command&gt;</i> [<i>arguments</i>]<br><br>Common commands:<br><b>mamba</b> <b>install</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;package_name&gt;</i> [<i>&lt;package_name&gt; ...</i>]<br><b>mamba</b> <b>create</b> [<i>options</i>] <b>-n</b> <i>&lt;environment_name&gt;</i> [<i>&lt;package_name&gt; ...</i>]<br><b>mamba</b> <b>update</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;package_name&gt;</i> [<i>&lt;package_name&gt; ...</i>]<br><b>mamba</b> <b>remove</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;package_name&gt;</i> [<i>&lt;package_name&gt; ...</i>]<br><b>mamba</b> <b>env list</b><br><b>mamba</b> <b>clean</b> [<i>options</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Show</i> the help message and <i>exit</i>.<br><br><b><b>-y</b>, <b>--yes</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not <i>ask for confirmation</i> before proceeding.<br><br><b><b>-n</b> <i>&lt;env_name&gt;</i>, <b>--name</b> <i>&lt;env_name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Name</i> of the environment to <i>create</i> or <i>operate</i> on.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i>, <b>--prefix</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Full path</i> to the environment <i>prefix</i>.<br><br><b><b>-c</b> <i>&lt;channel_url&gt;</i>, <b>--channel</b> <i>&lt;channel_url&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Additional channel</i> to search for packages. Can be used <i>multiple times</i>.<br><br><b><b>--override-channels</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Ignore existing channel names</i> and use only those provided with <b>--channel</b>.<br><br><b><b>--strict-channel-priority</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Enforce strict channel priority</i> during dependency resolution.<br><br><b><b>--no-deps</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not install dependencies. <i>Only install specified packages</i>.<br><br><b><b>--file</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Read package specifications</i> from a given file (e.g., <i>environment.yml</i>).<br><br><b><b>--update-all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Update all packages</i> in the current environment to the <i>latest versions</i> (used with '<b>mamba update</b>').<br><br><b><b>--force-reinstall</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Force reinstall all specified packages</i>, even if they are already installed (used with '<b>mamba install</b>').<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>Mamba</b> is a modern, <i>fast</i>, and <i>robust</i> <b>cross-platform package manager</b> that serves as a <i>re-implementation</i> of the popular <b>conda</b> package manager. Built with <b>C++</b> and leveraging <b>libsolv</b> for <i>dependency resolution</i>, <b>Mamba</b> significantly <i>outperforms</i> <b>conda</b> in terms of <i>speed</i>, especially when dealing with complex environments or large numbers of packages. Its key innovations include <b>parallel package downloads</b> and a highly <i>optimized dependency solver</i>, making environment creation and package installation remarkably quicker.<br><br><b>Mamba</b> maintains full compatibility with existing <b>conda</b> packages, channels, and commands, allowing users to seamlessly switch from <b>conda</b> by simply replacing <b>conda</b> with <b>mamba</b> in most operations. It is widely adopted in <i>scientific computing</i>, <i>data science</i>, and <i>machine learning</i> communities where managing complex software environments and dependencies is crucial.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Mamba</b> is <i>not a standard pre-installed Linux command-line utility</i>. It requires <i>separate installation</i>, typically within a <b>Conda</b> or <b>Miniconda</b> environment. While highly <i>compatible</i> with <b>Conda</b>, subtle differences in behavior or error messages might occur. Its primary utility is for managing <i>Python</i>, <i>R</i>, and other <i>scientific software environments</i>, not general <i>system-level package management</i>.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
<b>Mamba</b> is typically installed via <br><br><i>conda install -c conda-forge mamba</i><br><br> or as part of the <br><br><i>Mambaforge</i><br><br> distribution, which provides a minimalist <b>Conda-like installer</b> with <b>Mamba</b> pre-bundled. It's <i>important</i> to install <b>Mamba</b> within a <b>Conda-managed environment</b>.


title: MICROMAMBA
content:
<i>Micromamba</i> is a <i>tiny</i>, <i>self-contained</i>, and <i>single-file version</i> of <b>Mamba</b>, designed for <i>lightweight</i> and <i>portable use cases</i>, often in <b>Docker containers</b> or <b>CI/CD pipelines</b>. It offers similar functionality to <b>Mamba</b> but with a <i>smaller footprint</i> and <i>easier distribution</i>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>Mamba</b> originated as a <i>faster</i>, more <i>robust</i> <i>reimplementation</i> of the <b>Conda package manager</b>, primarily developed by the <b>Quansight</b>/<b>QuantStack</b> teams. It was created to address <i>performance bottlenecks</i> and <i>dependency resolution challenges</i> inherent in <b>Conda</b>, especially for <i>large and complex scientific computing environments</i>. Development focused on leveraging <b>C++</b> for core operations and integrating '<b>libsolv</b>' (a highly <i>optimized dependency solver</i> used by projects like <b>DNF</b> and <b>Zypper</b>) to achieve significant speed improvements. <b>Mamba</b> was first released in <i>2019</i> and quickly gained traction as a <i>preferred tool</i> for managing <b>Conda environments</b> due to its <i>superior performance</i>.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>depends</b> <i>&lt;PACKAGE_SPEC&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the forward dependencies of a specified package. Common options like <i>--tree</i> (for a hierarchical view) and <i>--recursive</i> (to list all nested dependencies) can be used with this subcommand.<br><br><b><b>whatrequires</b> <i>&lt;PACKAGE_SPEC&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows which packages depend on the specified package (reverse dependencies). Can be used with <i>--recursive</i> for a comprehensive list.<br><br><b><b>search</b> <i>&lt;QUERY&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches the configured repositories for packages matching the given query string. Options include <i>--match-exact</i> for precise matching.<br><br><b><b>info</b> <i>&lt;PACKAGE_SPEC&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides detailed metadata for a specific package, such as its version, build string, channel, dependencies, and file list.<br><br><b><b>--channel</b> <i>&lt;CHANNEL_URL&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies additional channels to search for packages. This option can be provided multiple times to include multiple channels.<br><br><b><b>--platform</b> <i>&lt;PLATFORM&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Queries package information for a specific platform, e.g., <i>linux-64</i>, <i>osx-arm64</i>, <i>win-64</i>.<br><br><b><b>--json</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the command's result in JSON format, facilitating programmatic parsing and integration with other tools.<br><br><b><b>--tree</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Used primarily with <b>depends</b>) Displays dependencies in a hierarchical, tree-like structure, making complex dependency graphs easier to visualize.<br><br><b><b>--recursive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Used with <b>depends</b>, <b>whatrequires</b>) Lists all dependencies or reverse dependencies recursively down the graph, providing a complete picture.<br><br><b><b>--match-exact</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Used with <b>search</b>) Ensures the search query matches package names exactly, useful for precise package lookups.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mamba-repoquery</i> is a powerful subcommand of the <b>mamba</b> package manager, designed for efficiently querying package information from configured <b>conda</b> and <b>mamba</b> repositories. It allows users to inspect package metadata, resolve dependencies, find reverse dependencies (what requires a package), and search for packages across various channels without necessarily installing them.<br><br>This tool is invaluable for understanding the dependency graph of an environment, troubleshooting dependency conflicts, or simply exploring available software. It offers various sub-commands and options to drill down into specific details, such as package versions, build strings, channels, and full dependency trees, making it a crucial utility for developers and system administrators working with <b>conda</b>-based environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Requires mamba</b> to be installed and accessible in the system's PATH.<br><b>Relies on correctly configured channels</b> in the user's <i>.condarc</i> file or explicitly provided via the <i>--channel</i> option.<br><b>Network connectivity</b> is essential to query remote repositories and retrieve current package metadata.<br><b>Performance can vary</b> based on the number and size of channels indexed, although <b>mamba</b> is generally very fast.


title: PERFORMANCE
content:
<i>mamba-repoquery</i> is renowned for its speed, often outperforming <b>conda</b>'s equivalent operations due to <b>mamba</b>'s highly optimized C++ backend and efficient solver. This is a primary reason for its adoption in environments with large numbers of packages or complex dependency graphs.


title: INTEGRATION WITH CONDA ENVIRONMENTS
content:
While <i>mamba-repoquery</i> is a <b>mamba</b> subcommand, it operates seamlessly on the same <b>conda</b> environment and channel configurations. This ensures full compatibility with existing <b>conda</b> setups, allowing users to leverage <b>mamba</b>'s speed without altering their established workflows.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mamba</b> was created to provide a faster, more robust alternative to <b>conda</b> for dependency resolution and package management, leveraging a C++ backend for superior performance. <i>mamba-repoquery</i> emerged as an integral part of this effort, offering a significantly faster way to query <b>conda</b>-compatible repositories compared to traditional <b>conda</b> commands. Its development is deeply intertwined with the overarching <b>mamba</b> project's goal of accelerating and enhancing package management operations in scientific computing and data science environments.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>man</b> [<i>SECTION</i>] <i>NAME</i>...<br><b>man</b> <b>-k</b>|<b>--apropos</b> <i>KEYWORD</i>...<br><b>man</b> <b>-f</b>|<b>--whatis</b> <i>NAME</i>...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-k</b>, <b>--apropos</b> <i>KEYWORD</i>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches the manual page names and their short descriptions for the specified <i>KEYWORD</i>, similar to the <b>apropos(1)</b> command. Useful when you know what you want to do but not the exact command name.<br><br><b><b>-f</b>, <b>--whatis</b> <i>NAME</i>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a very concise one-line description from the manual page for the given <i>NAME</i>, similar to the <b>whatis(1)</b> command.<br><br><b><b>-a</b>, <b>--all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;By default, <b>man</b> will exit after displaying the first manual page it finds. This option forces <b>man</b> to display all manual pages matching the specified <i>NAME</i>, one after another.<br><br><b><b>-w</b>, <b>--where</b>, <b>--path</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not display the manual page but prints the location (path) where the manual page would be found.<br><br><b><b>-S</b> <i>SECTION_LIST</i>, <b>--sections</b> <i>SECTION_LIST</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limits the search to the specified manual sections. <i>SECTION_LIST</i> is a colon-separated list of section numbers or names, e.g., <b>-S 1:8:2</b>. The sections are searched in the given order.<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <i>LOCALE</i>, <b>--locale</b> <i>LOCALE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the locale to be used for the manual pages. This overrides the default locale determined by environment variables like <b>LC_ALL</b>, <b>LC_MESSAGES</b>, or <b>LANG</b>.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>PAGER</i>, <b>--pager</b> <i>PAGER</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the pager program to use to display the manual page instead of the default (usually <b>less</b> or <b>more</b>). For example, <b>-P cat</b> would dump the page to standard output.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>man</b> command is the primary utility for viewing the system's reference manuals, commonly known as <i>man pages</i>. It provides on-demand documentation for commands, system calls, library functions, configuration files, and various other topics. When invoked, <b>man</b> typically searches through a predefined set of directories (the <i>manpath</i>) for the requested page. If found, it displays the content using a pager program, usually <b>less</b>, allowing users to scroll, search, and navigate the text. Man pages are organized into numbered sections, with each section representing a different category of documentation, such as user commands (section 1), system calls (section 2), or file formats (section 5). This hierarchical organization helps users quickly locate the relevant documentation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The availability of man pages depends on installed documentation packages. If a man page is not found, it might mean the corresponding package or its documentation component is not installed. Incorrect <b>MANPATH</b> environment variable or outdated <b>man</b> database (created by <b>mandb</b>) can lead to pages not being found or not being updated correctly.


title: MANUAL SECTIONS
content:
Man pages are typically organized into numbered sections, representing different categories of documentation:<br><b>1</b>: Executable programs or shell commands<br><b>2</b>: System calls (functions provided by the kernel)<br><b>3</b>: Library calls (functions within program libraries)<br><b>4</b>: Special files (devices, /proc, /sys)<br><b>5</b>: File formats and conventions (e.g., /etc/passwd)<br><b>6</b>: Games<br><b>7</b>: Miscellaneous (macros, conventions, standards)<br><b>8</b>: System administration commands and daemons<br><b>9</b>: Kernel routines (non-standard)


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
<b>man</b>'s behavior can be influenced by several environment variables:<br><b>MANPATH</b>: Specifies the search path for manual pages. If unset, a default path is used.<br><b>PAGER</b>: Specifies the pager program to use. Overrides the default pager but can be overridden by <b>-P</b>.<br><b>MANOPT</b>: Provides default command line options for <b>man</b>.<br><b>LC_ALL</b>, <b>LC_MESSAGES</b>, <b>LANG</b>: Determine the locale for displaying localized manual pages.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of manual pages originated with early Unix systems, with the first version being created in 1971 for AT&T Unix. The <b>man</b> command has been a fundamental part of Unix-like operating systems ever since, providing essential system documentation. Its design has remained remarkably consistent, although implementations have evolved to support features like compression, internationalization, and different pager options.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>manconv</i> [<b>-L</b> <i>locale</i>] [<b>-f</b> <i>from-encoding</i>] [<b>-t</b> <i>to-encoding</i>] [<b>--</b>] [<i>file...</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-L</b> <i>locale</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the locale to use for determining the default input and output encodings if they are not explicitly provided by <b>-f</b> or <b>-t</b>.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <i>from-encoding</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the original character encoding of the input <i>file(s)</i>. If not specified, <i>manconv</i> attempts to determine it based on the locale or system defaults.<br><br><b><b>-t</b> <i>to-encoding</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the desired character encoding for the output. If omitted, the output encoding defaults to the system's current locale encoding.<br><br><b><b>--</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A standard convention indicating the end of command options. Any arguments following this will be treated as <i>file</i> names, even if they begin with a hyphen (<b>-</b>).<br><br><b><i>file...</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more manual page files whose encoding needs to be converted. If no <i>file</i> is specified, <i>manconv</i> reads content from standard input (stdin).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>manconv</i> is a utility from the <b>man-db</b> package designed to convert the character encoding of one or more manual pages. It reads the content of specified files (or standard input if no files are given), converts it from an initial encoding (the 'from-encoding') to a target encoding (the 'to-encoding'), and then prints the converted content to standard output.<br><br>This command is primarily used internally by other <b>man-db</b> components, such as <i>man</i> or <i>mandb</i>, when processing manual pages that are stored in an encoding different from the system's current locale or the desired display encoding. It leverages the underlying <i>iconv</i> library for robust and comprehensive character set conversions, supporting a wide range of encodings.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>manconv</i> relies on the system's <i>iconv</i> implementation for character set conversions. Therefore, the range of supported encodings depends on what <i>iconv</i> provides.<br>Conversion errors can occur if the input file's content is not valid for the specified 'from-encoding' or if a direct conversion path between the 'from-encoding' and 'to-encoding' does not exist without data loss.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
<i>manconv</i> returns an exit status of <b>0</b> upon successful completion of the encoding conversion. A non-zero exit status indicates that an error occurred during the process, such as invalid parameters, unreadable files, or a conversion failure.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The behavior of <i>manconv</i> regarding default encodings can be influenced by standard locale environment variables, particularly <b>LC_ALL</b>, <b>LC_CTYPE</b>, and <b>LANG</b>, when <b>-f</b> or <b>-t</b> options are not explicitly used.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>manconv</i> is an integral part of the <b>man-db</b> package, a widely used and modern implementation of the <i>man</i> system for Unix-like operating systems. Its development emerged to address the challenges of handling manual pages in various character encodings, allowing for greater internationalization and flexibility in manual page presentation and storage.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-d</b>, <b>--debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Emits verbose debugging messages to standard error, useful for troubleshooting.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with usage information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses warnings and non-error messages during operation, providing a cleaner output.<br><br><b><b>-U</b>, <b>--system</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Updates the system-wide man page cache. This is the default action if no specific <i>manpath</i> is provided as an argument.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--create</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces the creation of caches even if they do not exist. This behavior is often implicitly handled when needed.<br><br><b><b>--rebuild</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces a complete rebuild of the caches, even if they appear to be up-to-date. This is useful for resolving potential inconsistencies or corruption.<br><br><b><b>--no-rebuild</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the rebuilding of caches that are already up-to-date. This can speed up operations if only new paths are being added or existing ones are already current.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <b><i>user-id</i></b>, <b>--user-id=<i>user-id</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs as the specified user ID, primarily used for testing purposes or for updating caches for a specific user's man path.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of the <i>mandb</i> utility and exits.<br><br><b><b><i>manpath...</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more colon-separated man paths to be processed. If omitted, <i>mandb</i> processes all system man paths as defined in configuration files.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mandb</i> is a utility used to create or update the indexes (also known as <i>whatis</i> databases) required by the <i>man</i>, <i>apropos</i>, and <i>whatis</i> commands. These indexes contain a short description of each manual page, extracted from its <i>NAME</i> section. By maintaining these databases, <i>mandb</i> enables quick and efficient searches for man pages based on keywords, vastly improving the usability of the man page system.<br><br>When executed, <i>mandb</i> scans the manual page hierarchies defined in the system's man path configuration (typically from <i>man.conf</i> or <i>manpath.conf</i>). It intelligently detects newly installed or removed man pages, compressed pages, and symbolic links, ensuring the indexes accurately reflect the current state of the man page collection. While it can be run manually, <i>mandb</i> is commonly scheduled to run periodically via a cron job to keep the man page databases up-to-date. This ensures that keyword searches always yield accurate and comprehensive results.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Running <i>mandb</i> on very large man page collections can be time-consuming and resource-intensive, especially with the <b>--rebuild</b> option. It typically requires write permissions to the cache directories, which often means running it as root or via <i>sudo</i> for system-wide updates.


title: HOW IT WORKS
content:
<i>mandb</i> operates by scanning the designated man page directories. For each man page found, it extracts the content from the <i>NAME</i> section (which typically provides a single-line summary of the command or function). This extracted information, along with the path to the man page, is then compiled into a plain-text <i>whatis</i> database file (historically called <i>whatis.db</i> or <i>man.idx</i>, now often managed by specific utilities like <i>catman</i> or embedded within a GDBM database). These databases allow commands like <i>apropos</i> and <i>whatis</i> to perform fast keyword lookups without having to read and parse every man page individually.


title: PERMISSIONS
content:
For <i>mandb</i> to successfully update system-wide man page caches, it requires appropriate write permissions to the cache directories. These directories are typically located within the man page hierarchy itself (e.g., <i>/var/cache/man/</i> or within each <i>manX</i> directory). For this reason, <i>mandb</i> is frequently run with superuser privileges (e.g., using <i>sudo</i>) when performing system-wide updates.


title: AUTOMATED UPDATES
content:
To ensure that the man page indexes remain current as software is installed or removed, <i>mandb</i> is commonly integrated into system maintenance routines. Many Linux distributions configure a daily or weekly cron job (e.g., via <i>/etc/cron.daily/man-db</i>) to automatically run <i>mandb</i>, thereby keeping the <i>whatis</i> databases synchronized with the actual man page collection.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mandb</i> is a core component of the <i>man-db</i> package, which serves as the standard man page utility suite on most modern Linux distributions. Developed to improve upon older man page implementations, <i>man-db</i> (and thus <i>mandb</i>) introduced significant enhancements in search efficiency and database management by implementing the <i>whatis</i> database system. Its design facilitates rapid keyword searching through a pre-indexed collection of man pages, making the documentation system much more usable and dynamic compared to systems that relied solely on sequential scanning.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mangohud</b> [<i>GLOBAL_OPTIONS</i>] <i>&lt;COMMAND&gt;</i> [<i>ARGUMENTS...</i>]<br><b>MANGOHUD=1</b> <i>&lt;COMMAND&gt;</i> [<i>ARGUMENTS...</i>]<br><b>MANGOHUD_CONFIG="</b><i>&lt;config_string&gt;</i><b>"</b> <i>&lt;COMMAND&gt;</i> [<i>ARGUMENTS...</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--config</b> <i>&lt;path&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a custom configuration file path instead of the default <b>~/.config/MangoHud/MangoHud.conf</b>.<br><br><b><b>--d3d12</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <i>MangoHud</i> to hook into D3D12 (via DXVK). Useful when auto-detection fails or for specific setups.<br><br><b><b>--vulkan</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <i>MangoHud</i> to hook into Vulkan. Useful when auto-detection fails or for specific setups.<br><br><b><b>--gl</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <i>MangoHud</i> to hook into OpenGL. Useful when auto-detection fails or for specific setups.<br><br><b><b>--full</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables a comprehensive set of default statistics on the overlay. Equivalent to setting the environment variable <b>MANGOHUD_FULL=1</b>.<br><br><b><b>--fps-only</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays only the frames per second (FPS) counter on the overlay. Equivalent to setting the environment variable <b>MANGOHUD_CONFIG=fps</b>.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <i>MangoHud</i> version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with available command-line options and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>MangoHud</i> is an open-source performance overlay for Vulkan, OpenGL, and D3D11/12 applications running on Linux. It displays real-time metrics such as frames per second (FPS), frame timings, CPU and GPU utilization, temperature, clock speeds, RAM and VRAM usage, and more. Highly customizable via a configuration file or environment variables, <i>MangoHud</i> allows users to select specific metrics, adjust their layout, colors, and font. It's a vital tool for Linux gamers and developers to monitor system performance during gameplay, diagnose bottlenecks, or simply keep an eye on hardware statistics. It works by injecting itself into the target application's process, typically using the <b>LD_PRELOAD</b> mechanism for OpenGL/Vulkan libraries or integrating with <b>DXVK/Proton</b>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>MangoHud</i> primarily functions with Vulkan, OpenGL, and D3D11/12 (via DXVK/Proton) applications. Its reliance on <b>LD_PRELOAD</b> might occasionally conflict with certain sandboxed environments, specific anti-cheat mechanisms, or applications that do not use these graphics APIs. While generally low, there can be a minor performance overhead, especially with extensive logging or many metrics enabled. Configuration for the actual HUD content is largely managed through environment variables or dedicated configuration files, not direct command-line arguments to the <b>mangohud</b> wrapper script itself.


title: CONFIGURATION METHODS
content:
The behavior and appearance of the <i>MangoHud</i> overlay are extensively customizable through several methods:<br><ul><li><b>Configuration File:</b> The primary method is a file located at <b>~/.config/MangoHud/MangoHud.conf</b>. Users can create or modify this file to specify which metrics to display, their position, colors, font sizes, and more. Per-application configurations can also be created (e.g., <b>MangoHud_GameTitle.conf</b>).</li><li><b>Environment Variable (MANGOHUD_CONFIG):</b> A temporary or per-launch configuration can be provided via the <b>MANGOHUD_CONFIG</b> environment variable. This allows passing a comma-separated string of options directly to the application, overriding or supplementing the config file. For example: <b>MANGOHUD_CONFIG="fps,cpu_temp,gpu_temp" mangohud ./mygame</b>.</li><li><b>Environment Variable (MANGOHUD=1):</b> Simply setting <b>MANGOHUD=1</b> before launching an application enables the HUD with default settings, loading from the config file if present.</li></ul>


title: INTEGRATION WITH PROTON/STEAM PLAY
content:
<i>MangoHud</i> is widely used with Steam Play (Proton) for Windows games running on Linux. It can be easily enabled via Steam's launch options for a specific game:<br><b>MANGOHUD=1 %command%</b><br>For custom configurations, use:<br><b>MANGOHUD_CONFIG="fps,gpu_stats" %command%</b><br>This ensures <i>MangoHud</i> injects into the Proton environment and displays the overlay for the Windows game.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>MangoHud</i> was developed by FlightlessMango and emerged as a popular open-source solution for performance monitoring in the Linux gaming ecosystem. Initially focused on Vulkan, its capabilities were later extended to OpenGL and D3D11/12 (via DXVK), making it a versatile tool for a wide range of games and applications. Its ease of use and extensive customization options quickly led to its widespread adoption among Linux gamers and distribution packagers.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>manhole</i> is a Python library, not a direct shell command. Its usage involves integrating it into your Python application. The primary entry point for activation is typically:<br><br><b>from manhole import install</b><br><b>install(<i>[parameters]</i>)</b><br><br>Once installed and the application is running, you connect to it from a shell, usually via <b>nc</b> (netcat) to the configured socket:<br><br><b>nc -U <i>/path/to/manhole.sock</i></b> (for Unix socket)<br><b>nc <i>hostname port</i></b> (for TCP socket)


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>socket_path</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path for the Unix domain socket. If not provided, a temporary socket is created.<br><br><b>bind_address</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A <b>(host, port)</b> tuple for binding a TCP socket. Useful for network access.<br><br><b>activate_on</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A signal number (e.g., <b>signal.SIGUSR1</b>) that, when received by the process, activates the manhole if it's not already active.<br><br><b>daemonize</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Boolean. If True, the manhole listener will fork into a daemon process, detaching from the main application thread.<br><br><b>log_level</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the logging level for <i>manhole</i>'s internal operations.<br><br><b>locals</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A dictionary of variables to expose in the manhole's top-level scope when connected.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>manhole</i> library provides an interactive console or 'manhole' into a running Python process. It allows developers to connect to a live application, inspect its state, debug issues, and even execute arbitrary Python code within the application's context. This is particularly useful for long-running services or daemon processes where traditional debugging tools like <b>pdb</b> might be impractical or require stopping the service. <i>manhole</i> typically exposes an entry point via a Unix domain socket or a TCP socket, allowing remote connection using tools like <b>nc</b> (netcat) or <b>ssh</b> (when using TCP over an SSH tunnel). It's designed to be lightweight and minimize impact on the application's performance, providing a powerful way to troubleshoot and monitor production systems without restarting them.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Security Risk:</b> Exposing a <i>manhole</i> can be a significant security risk as it allows arbitrary code execution within the application's context. It should be used with extreme caution, especially in production environments, and preferably protected by strong access controls (e.g., restricted file permissions for Unix sockets, firewall rules, or SSH tunneling for TCP sockets).<br><b>Performance Impact:</b> While designed to be lightweight, continuous or heavy interaction with the <i>manhole</i> can impact the application's performance.<br><b>Not a Standalone Command:</b> <i>manhole</i> is a Python library to be integrated into an application, not a general-purpose shell command executed directly from the terminal like <b>ls</b> or <b>grep</b>.


title: <B>USAGE EXAMPLE</B>
content:
To use <i>manhole</i>, first install it via pip: <b>pip install manhole</b>. Then, within your Python application's code, typically at startup:<br><br><b>import signal</b><br><b>from manhole import install</b><br><br><b>install(activate_on=signal.SIGUSR1, socket_path='/tmp/my_app_manhole.sock')</b><br><br>To connect from your shell:<br><br><b>kill -USR1 <i><pid_of_my_app></i></b><br><b>nc -U /tmp/my_app_manhole.sock</b><br>This will give you an interactive Python prompt within your running application.


title: <B>CONNECTION METHODS</B>
content:
<i>manhole</i> supports connections via Unix domain sockets (local file system path) and TCP sockets (network address and port). Unix sockets are generally preferred for security and performance when connecting from the same host. TCP sockets offer remote access but require careful security considerations (e.g., firewalls, SSH tunnels).


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>manhole</i> emerged from the need to debug and inspect long-running Python applications (like web servers, background workers, or daemons) without interrupting their operation. Traditional debugging tools often require stopping or restarting the process. The library aims to provide a 'backdoor' for diagnostics, inspired by similar concepts in other languages/systems. Its development reflects the increasing complexity and uptime requirements of modern Python services, where real-time introspection is valuable.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress output to standard output. The command will only return an exit status indicating success or failure. This is useful for scripting.<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print verbose debugging messages to standard error, providing insight into how the search path is being determined and processed.<br><br><b><b>-g</b>, <b>--global</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output the system-wide default <I>MANPATH</I> as determined by the system's configuration files (e.g., <i>manpath.config</i>), ignoring any user-set <I>MANPATH</I> environment variable.<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--clear</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Clear the internally built <I>MANPATH</I> and start from an empty path before adding any new paths. This option is often used internally by the <i>man</i> command for building a path from scratch.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a brief help message describing the command's options and usage, then exit.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information for the <i>manpath</i> utility and then exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>manpath</i> command is a utility used to display and sometimes control the search path for manual pages. It outputs the directories that the <i>man</i> command searches when looking for documentation. This path is typically defined by the <I>MANPATH</I> environment variable.<br><br>When invoked without any options, <i>manpath</i> usually prints the current effective <I>MANPATH</I>. This is useful for debugging issues where <i>man</i> cannot find a specific manual page, as it helps identify which directories are being searched and in what order. While <i>manpath</i> itself doesn't directly modify the shell's environment, it provides the path string that can be used to set the <I>MANPATH</I> variable in a shell script or configuration file.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <i>manpath</i> command primarily displays the effective <I>MANPATH</I> based on system defaults, user configuration, and the <I>MANPATH</I> environment variable. However, it does not directly modify the shell's environment. To permanently change the <I>MANPATH</I> for your session or future sessions, you must set the <I>MANPATH</I> environment variable using commands like <i>export MANPATH=/your/path</i> in your shell's startup files (e.g., <i>.bashrc</i>, <i>.profile</i>).


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The primary environment variable affecting <i>manpath</i> (and thus <i>man</i>) is <I>MANPATH</I>. If <I>MANPATH</I> is set, <i>manpath</i> will generally display its value, potentially augmented by system defaults. If <I>MANPATH</I> is unset, <i>manpath</i> will determine a default path based on system configuration and the user's <I>PATH</I> environment variable.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
Default <I>MANPATH</I> settings are often defined in system-wide configuration files, typically located at <i>/etc/manpath.config</i> or similar paths. These files specify the default directories to search for manual pages and can include architecture-specific or locale-specific paths.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>manpath</i> command is part of the <i>man-db</i> package, which is a popular implementation of the Unix <i>man</i> system on Linux and other Unix-like operating systems. It was developed to provide a more robust and efficient way to manage manual pages, including their indexing and searching. Its role has always been to help administrators and users understand how <i>man</i> locates its documentation, making it a key diagnostic tool in the manual page ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>mapfile</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the file containing the screen font mapping table. This file typically specifies pairs of old character codes and their new character code mappings.<br><br><b>-V, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information for the `mapscrn` command and then exits.<br><br><b>-o, --old-kmap</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs `mapscrn` to interpret the `mapfile` in the old `loadkeys` keymap format. This option is primarily for backward compatibility.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The `mapscrn` command, part of the `kbd` package, is used to load a screen font mapping table onto the Linux console. This mapping table defines how characters displayed on the screen are translated from their original code points to different glyphs. Its primary purpose is to allow the display of characters that might not be directly available in the currently loaded console font.<br><br>For example, it can be used for internationalization purposes to correctly render characters from various character sets, or to create pseudo-graphic effects by remapping specific character codes to alternative visual representations. `mapscrn` operates on the kernel's virtual consoles (e.g., `/dev/tty1`, `/dev/tty2`). It works in conjunction with `setfont`, which loads the actual raw console font, and `loadkeys`, which manages keyboard input mappings. By loading a custom mapping table, `mapscrn` provides a layer of translation between the character code sent to the console and the final glyph displayed. It's particularly useful in environments where a specific font may lack certain characters, and a mapping can point to other existing glyphs within the font to represent them.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Executing `mapscrn` typically requires root privileges to modify console settings.<br><br>This command primarily affects the kernel's virtual consoles (e.g., `/dev/ttyS0-63`). It does not impact characters displayed in graphical environments like Xorg or Wayland, which manage their own fonts and rendering.<br><br>With the increasing adoption of Unicode and modern font rendering capabilities in the Linux kernel and userspace, the direct need for `mapscrn` has somewhat diminished for general internationalization, but it remains useful for specialized console applications.


title: <B>MAPFILE FORMAT</B>
content:
A `mapfile` typically contains 256 lines, with each line specifying a mapping for one of the 256 possible byte values. Each line consists of two numbers: the original character code (0-255) and the new character code to which it should be remapped. For example, `128 0x1B` would remap character code 128 to the Escape character. Comments can be added using a '#' symbol, and blank lines are ignored. The mapping defines how the kernel should interpret output bytes before rendering them with the currently loaded console font.


title: <B>TYPICAL USE CASES</B>
content:
While less common in everyday desktop usage, `mapscrn` is useful in several scenarios:<br><br><I>Internationalization on console</I>: To display characters not natively supported by the console's character set, by remapping them to existing glyphs within the loaded font.<br><br><I>Pseudo-graphics</I>: To remap ASCII characters to specific graphic characters (e.g., box drawing characters) to create text-based interfaces or games.<br><br><I>Legacy systems</I>: For compatibility with older applications or data that rely on specific character encodings or console behaviors.


title: HISTORY
content:
`mapscrn` is an integral part of the `kbd` package, a collection of utilities designed for managing the Linux console's keyboard and screen. Its development stems from the early days of Linux when direct control over console fonts and character rendering was crucial for supporting various character sets and internationalization without relying on graphical environments. While its core functionality remains, its usage has evolved, with more modern systems often handling character encoding and display at higher layers (e.g., using UTF-8 and Unicode-aware fonts) which can reduce the direct need for manual screen mapping tables. However, it continues to be relevant for embedded systems, rescue environments, or specific console-only configurations where fine-grained control over character display is necessary.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mariadb</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>database</i>]<br><b>mariadb</b> {<b>-e</b> "<i>SQL_COMMAND</i>" | <b>--execute</b>="<i>SQL_COMMAND</i>"} [<i>options</i>] [<i>database</i>]<br><b>mariadb</b> [<i>options</i>] &lt; <i>input_file.sql</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--host=</b><i>hostname</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the hostname or IP address of the MariaDB server to connect to.<br><br><b><b>-P</b>, <b>--port=</b><i>port_num</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the TCP/IP port number to use for the connection.<br><br><b><b>-u</b>, <b>--user=</b><i>username</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the MariaDB username used to connect to the server.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--password</b>[<b>=</b><i>password</i>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prompts for a password if no password is provided. It's insecure to provide password directly on the command line.<br><br><b><b>-D</b>, <b>--database=</b><i>db_name</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the default database to use once connected.<br><br><b><b>-e</b>, <b>--execute=</b><i>SQL_COMMAND</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes the given SQL command and exits. Useful for scripting.<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--silent</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces less output. Omits column names and results are output with a tab separator.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces more verbose output. Use multiple times for even more verbosity.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>--socket=</b><i>path</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the Unix socket file to use for connection on local host.<br><br><b><b>-B</b>, <b>--batch</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints results with a tab separator, one row per line. Does not use the history file.<br><br><b><b>-N</b>, <b>--skip-column-names</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Does not print column names in the output.<br><br><b><b>--html</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces HTML output.<br><br><b><b>--xml</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces XML output.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with all available options.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mariadb</i> is the official command-line client for interacting with MariaDB and MySQL database servers. It provides an interactive interface for executing SQL queries, managing databases and tables, and performing various administrative tasks directly from the terminal. This versatile tool allows users to connect to a database server, send SQL statements, retrieve results, and script database operations. It supports connections over TCP/IP or Unix sockets, and can be used in interactive mode for ad-hoc queries or in batch mode for automated scripts. Historically, it was known as <i>mysql</i>, but with the divergence of MariaDB from MySQL, the client binary was renamed to <i>mariadb</i> on many distributions to reflect its primary affiliation, while maintaining backward compatibility with MySQL servers. It's an indispensable tool for database administrators, developers, and anyone needing direct database interaction.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Providing passwords directly on the command line using <i>-pPASSWORD</i> is highly insecure as it may be visible to other users via process lists (e.g., <i>ps aux</i>). It is recommended to use <i>-p</i> to be prompted for the password, or configure it in a secure configuration file (e.g., <i>~/.my.cnf</i>). The behavior and available features of the <i>mariadb</i> client largely depend on the version and configuration of the MariaDB or MySQL server it connects to.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
The <i>mariadb</i> client reads global options from files like <i>/etc/my.cnf</i>, and user-specific options from <i>~/.my.cnf</i>. These files can contain connection details (host, user, password) and default client settings, enhancing security and convenience.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
Several environment variables can influence the client's behavior, such as <i>MYSQL_TCP_PORT</i> for the default TCP port, and <i>MYSQL_UNIX_PORT</i> for the default Unix socket path.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>mariadb</i> command-line client originated as the <i>mysql</i> client, which has been the primary interface for MySQL databases for many years. When MariaDB forked from MySQL, the development of the client also continued. On systems where MariaDB is the default database, the <i>mysql</i> command is often symlinked to <i>mariadb</i>, ensuring compatibility with existing scripts and user habits. This renaming reflects the shift in vendor and development focus, distinguishing it as the official client for MariaDB servers while maintaining functional equivalence and interoperability with MySQL servers.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--basedir=<I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the base installation directory where MariaDB is installed.<br><br><b>--datadir=<I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the path where the MariaDB data files, including system tables, will be stored. This is a mandatory option if the default location is not desired.<br><br><b>--defaults-file=<I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads default options from the specified file. This must be the first option on the command line.<br><br><b>--defaults-extra-file=<I>path</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads extra default options from the specified file after the global defaults file.<br><br><b>--force</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Proceeds with the installation even if the data directory already exists and is not empty. Use with caution as this can overwrite existing data.<br><br><b>--no-defaults</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents reading default options from any option files.<br><br><b>--random-password</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Generates a random password for the 'root' user and prints it to standard output. This is highly recommended for security.<br><br><b>--rpm</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Internal option used by RPM packages. It typically implies <i>--force</i> and other settings relevant for package installation.<br><br><b>--skip-test-db</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the creation of the 'test' database during installation.<br><br><b>--user=<I>user_name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the system user under which <b>mariadb-install-db</b> should run. This is crucial for correct file permissions; typically 'mysql' or the system's MariaDB user.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mariadb-install-db</b> command is a crucial utility used to create the initial MariaDB data directory and populate it with the necessary system tables (e.S. <i>user</i>, <i>db</i>, <i>host</i>, <i>tables_priv</i>, <i>columns_priv</i>, <i>procs_priv</i>).<br><br>It's typically executed after installing MariaDB, but before starting the MariaDB server (<i>mariadbd</i>) for the very first time. This command sets up the foundational database structure, including the initial 'root' user account (which by default has no password, requiring immediate securing via <i>mysql_secure_installation</i> or by using the <i>--random-password</i> option).<br><br><b>mariadb-install-db</b> does not start the database server; it only prepares the environment for it. It was formerly known as <i>mysql_install_db</i> in MySQL and earlier MariaDB versions.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Run Once:</b> <b>mariadb-install-db</b> should only be run once per data directory. Running it multiple times on an already initialized directory (without <i>--force</i>) will result in an error.</li><li><b>No Server Start:</b> This command only prepares the data directory; it does not start the MariaDB server. You must start <i>mariadbd</i> separately after installation.</li><li><b>Root Password:</b> By default, the 'root' user is created without a password. It is critical to secure this account immediately after installation using <i>mysql_secure_installation</i> or by employing the <i>--random-password</i> option during initialization.</li><li><b>Permissions:</b> Ensure the command is run with appropriate permissions, typically as the 'mysql' system user or as root, to correctly set up file ownership and permissions for the data directory.</li></ul>


title: SECURITY BEST PRACTICES
content:
After running <b>mariadb-install-db</b>, especially if you didn't use <i>--random-password</i>, it's paramount to immediately run the <b>mysql_secure_installation</b> script. This script guides you through setting a 'root' password, removing anonymous users, disallowing remote root logins, and removing the 'test' database, significantly enhancing the security of your MariaDB installation.


title: DATA DIRECTORY MANAGEMENT
content:
The <i>--datadir</i> option is crucial for specifying the location of your MariaDB data. It's recommended to choose a dedicated partition or volume for the data directory to manage disk space and I/O performance effectively. Ensure the chosen directory is empty or used with caution if <i>--force</i> is applied.


title: HISTORY
content:
Originally, this utility was known as <b>mysql_install_db</b> and was an integral part of MySQL distributions. When MariaDB forked from MySQL, it initially retained the <b>mysql_install_db</b> name for compatibility. Over time, for branding consistency and clarity, it was renamed to <b>mariadb-install-db</b>. Its fundamental purpose and functionality have remained consistent throughout its evolution: to initialize the database system tables and prepare the data directory for the server's first start.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the installed marimo version and exits.<br><br><b><b>--port</b> <i>&lt;INTEGER&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the port number on which the marimo server will run. Defaults to a randomly assigned available port.<br><br><b><b>--host</b> <i>&lt;TEXT&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the host address for the marimo server (e.g., <i>0.0.0.0</i> for public access, <i>127.0.0.1</i> for local only).<br><br><b><b>--headless</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts the marimo server without automatically opening a web browser tab.<br><br><b><b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses most standard output messages from the marimo server, useful for scripting or background tasks.<br><br><b><b>--log-level</b> <i>&lt;LEVEL&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the logging verbosity for the server (e.g., <i>info</i>, <i>debug</i>, <i>warning</i>, <i>error</i>, <i>critical</i>).<br><br><b><b>--install-reqs</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Specific to <b>edit</b> command) Automatically installs Python packages listed in a <i>requirements.txt</i> file if present in the notebook's directory.<br><br><b><b>--development-mode</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;(Specific to <b>edit</b> command) Enables additional developer-focused features and more verbose logging for debugging during notebook creation.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Marimo is an <b>open-source, reactive Python notebook framework</b> designed for creating interactive data applications, dashboards, and sharable documents. Unlike traditional notebooks, Marimo automatically re-executes only the necessary cells when dependencies change, ensuring outputs are always consistent and up-to-date with minimal effort. It focuses on making notebooks more robust, deployable, and easier to maintain by embracing a programming paradigm where the order of cells doesn't dictate execution, but rather data flow and dependency.<br><br>This reactivity simplifies complex workflows and reduces common errors found in traditional, stateful notebooks. Marimo runs a web server that provides a rich, interactive environment directly in the browser for development and consumption of data products. It enables users to build powerful user interfaces directly with Python, facilitating rapid prototyping and deployment of data-driven insights for a wide range of applications.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Marimo is a Python-based application that requires a Python installation and is typically installed via <i>pip</i>, not as a standard system package. It runs a local web server, so potential port conflicts may occur with other services. Unlike traditional Jupyter notebooks, Marimo uses standard <i>.py</i> files for its notebooks, which is a key design choice impacting workflow and tooling. As a relatively newer tool in the data science ecosystem, its features and APIs are actively evolving.


title: SUBCOMMANDS
content:
The <b>marimo</b> command functions through several key subcommands:<br><i><b>edit</b></i>: Used for developing and interactively editing marimo notebooks. This command starts the server and opens the notebook in your browser.<br><i><b>run</b></i>: Executes a marimo notebook as a static, read-only application. Ideal for deploying finished data applications or dashboards.<br><i><b>tutorial</b></i>: Launches an interactive marimo tutorial directly in your browser, providing a guided introduction to the framework.<br><i><b>docs</b></i>: Opens the official marimo documentation website in your browser.


title: REACTIVE EXECUTION MODEL
content:
A fundamental difference of marimo is its <i>reactive execution model</i>. Instead of sequential cell execution, marimo analyzes the dependencies between cells. When data or code in one cell changes, only the cells that depend on it are automatically re-executed. This ensures that the notebook's state is always consistent and outputs are automatically updated, eliminating manual re-runs and common errors associated with out-of-order execution in traditional notebooks.


title: PYTHON FILE FORMAT (.PY)
content:
Marimo notebooks are plain <i>.py</i> files, not JSON-based <i>.ipynb</i> files. This design choice offers significant advantages, including easier version control (Git-friendly), compatibility with standard Python linters and IDEs, and the ability to directly use Python modules and packages without conversion. Marimo uses special decorators (e.g., <i>@marimo.cell</i>) within these <i>.py</i> files to define notebook cells and their reactive behavior.


title: HISTORY
content:
Marimo was developed by the marimo-team as a modern approach to interactive computing and data application building. It emerged to address common challenges in traditional notebooks, such as state management, reproducibility, and deployment complexity. Its core innovation lies in its reactive execution model, which ensures consistency and simplifies the development of complex data applications. Since its open-source release, it has been gaining recognition for its fresh perspective on interactive Python environments and reproducible data applications.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The `markdown` command is a utility designed to convert text formatted with Markdown syntax into HyperText Markup Language (HTML). It adheres to the original Markdown specification created by John Gruber, aiming for a simple and readable plain text format that can be easily transformed into web-ready content.<br><br>Typically, this command operates as a script (often a Perl script like `Markdown.pl` or a similar wrapper) that reads Markdown-formatted input from standard input (stdin) or one or more specified files. The resulting HTML output is then written to standard output (stdout). This design makes it highly versatile for use in shell pipelines, allowing users to chain it with other commands for tasks such as creating static web pages, processing documentation, or generating reports.<br><br>While it excels at straightforward conversions, it generally offers a minimalistic set of features compared to more comprehensive document converters like `pandoc`, which support numerous input and output formats and extended Markdown syntaxes.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The `markdown` command, especially in its most common form (like `Markdown.pl`), typically offers a very limited set of command-line options. It focuses solely on the core Markdown-to-HTML conversion without support for extended Markdown syntax (e.g., tables, footnotes, task lists), different output formats, or advanced customization of the HTML.<br><br>Its functionality is generally basic, often lacking features like template integration, syntax highlighting, or the ability to embed external resources. For more complex document processing, `pandoc` or similar tools are often required.


title: INPUT/OUTPUT STREAM
content:
The `markdown` command is highly effective when used with standard input and output streams. This allows it to be easily integrated into shell scripts and command pipelines. For instance, you can pipe the content of a file into `markdown`, or pipe the output of another command into `markdown` for conversion.


title: SIMPLICITY AND PORTABILITY
content:
The command's strength lies in its simplicity and the portability of its underlying implementations (often simple scripts). It's typically lightweight and has minimal dependencies, making it a good choice for straightforward conversions in environments where more complex tools might be overkill or unavailable.


title: HISTORY
content:
The `markdown` command's lineage traces back to John Gruber's original Markdown language and its reference implementation, `Markdown.pl`, a Perl script released in 2004. This script was designed to be a simple, portable tool for converting Markdown to HTML.<br><br>Over time, various reimplementations and wrappers in different programming languages (Python, Ruby, C, etc.) emerged, but the core functionality of reading Markdown and outputting HTML remained central. On many Linux distributions, the `markdown` command often directly refers to or symlinks to a version of this original Perl script or a close derivative, preserving its minimalist approach.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<I><b>mash dist</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;sketch.msh&gt;</i> ... | <b>mashtree</b> [<i>options</i>]<br><b>mashtree</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>&lt;distance.tab&gt;</i><br><b>mashtree</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>--input-is-sketch &lt;sketch.msh&gt;</i> ...</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Display help information and exit.</I><br><br><b>-o, --output FILE</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Write the resulting Newick tree to FILE instead of standard output.</I><br><br><b>-b, --bootstrap N</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Perform N bootstrap replicates for tree inference.</I><br><br><b>-i, --input-is-sketch</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Treat input files as Mash sketch files (.msh) instead of a distance matrix. If this option is used, <b>mashtree</b> will automatically calculate pairwise distances internally.</I><br><br><b>-f, --format FORMAT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specify the input format for distances (e.g., 'phylip' for a Phylip-style distance matrix).</I><br><br><b>--temp-dir DIR</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Specify a directory for temporary files used during tree construction.</I><br><br><b>--phylip-exe PATH</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>Provide the path to the Phylip 'neighbor' executable if it's not found in your system's PATH.</I><br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>The <b>mashtree</b> command is a specialized utility within the <b>Mash</b> bioinformatics toolkit. Its primary function is to construct a phylogenetic tree based on pairwise genomic distances calculated using the <b>Mash</b> MinHash algorithm. It typically consumes the tab-separated distance matrix produced by <b>mash dist</b>. Internally, <b>mashtree</b> leverages the neighbor-joining algorithm, often relying on the <b>Phylip</b> package's `neighbor` program, to infer evolutionary relationships. This makes it an incredibly fast method for creating large-scale phylogenetic trees, circumventing the need for time-consuming multiple sequence alignments, which is crucial for big genomic datasets. The output is a tree in Newick format, suitable for visualization with standard tree viewers. It's ideal for rapid initial exploration of evolutionary relationships among many genomes or metagenomic samples.</I>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I><b>mashtree</b> relies on the output of <b>mash dist</b>, which provides approximate distances based on MinHash. While extremely fast, neighbor-joining trees can be less accurate than alignment-based methods under certain complex evolutionary models or with highly divergent sequences. For robust phylogenetic inference, alignment-based methods might be preferred. It often requires the <b>Phylip</b> package's `neighbor` program to be installed and accessible on the system or specified via `--phylip-exe`.</I>


title: TYPICAL WORKFLOW
content:
<I>A common workflow involves first creating Mash sketches from input genomes using `<b>mash sketch</b>`, then calculating pairwise distances using `<b>mash dist</b>`, and finally piping the output to `<b>mashtree</b>` to generate a phylogenetic tree. For example:<br><code><b>mash sketch -o genomes.msh genome*.fna && mash dist genomes.msh genomes.msh | mashtree > tree.newick</b></code></I>


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
<I>The tree is output in the standard Newick format, a widely adopted text-based format for representing phylogenetic trees. Newick files can be visualized and further manipulated using various dedicated phylogenetic tree viewers such as FigTree, iTOL, Dendroscope, or ETE Toolkit.</I>


title: HISTORY
content:
<I><b>mashtree</b> is an integral part of the <b>Mash</b> software package, developed by Adam Phillippy and colleagues at the National Institutes of Health. <b>Mash</b> was first introduced in 2016 (Ondov et al., Genome Biology), addressing the critical challenge of rapid genomic distance estimation for massive sequence datasets. <b>mashtree</b> was subsequently developed as a complementary tool to quickly visualize these relationships, enabling swift exploration of phylogenetic structures without the substantial computational burden of traditional alignment-based methods.</I>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-p <ports></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the target ports to scan. Can be a single port (e.g., 80), a range (e.g., 20-25), or a list (e.g., 80,443,8080). Multiple ranges/ports can be comma-separated.<br><br><b>--rate <packets_per_second></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the desired transmission rate of packets, in packets per second. Higher rates scan faster but consume more bandwidth and CPU. Use '0' for unlimited speed.<br><br><b>--banners</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempts to grab banners/application responses from open ports. This slows down the scan slightly but provides valuable service information.<br><br><b>-iL <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads target IP address ranges from the specified file. Each line in the file can contain an IP, a CIDR range, or a hyphenated range.<br><br><b>--excludefile <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads IP address ranges from the specified file to exclude from the scan. Useful for avoiding critical systems or non-public ranges.<br><br><b>-oX <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the scan results in XML format to the specified file. Compatible with Nmap's XML output.<br><br><b>-oJ <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the scan results in JSON format to the specified file.<br><br><b>-oG <filename></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the scan results in Greppable format to the specified file, similar to Nmap's greppable output.<br><br><b>--open-only</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Only displays results for open ports, suppressing output for closed or filtered ports.<br><br><b>--ping</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pings the targets before scanning. This can help identify live hosts but may slow down the scan on very large ranges.<br><br><b>--source-ip <ip_address></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the source IP address for outgoing packets. Useful for specifying a particular network interface or for spoofing.<br><br><b>--source-port <port_number></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the source port for outgoing packets. Can be a single port or a range.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>masscan</i> is an Internet-scale port scanner, designed to scan the entire Internet in under 6 minutes. It can discover open ports on a massive number of IP addresses much faster than traditional scanners like Nmap by using a custom, asynchronous TCP/IP stack. It sends packets asynchronously, similar to how <i>zmap</i> operates, but it also has a full TCP connect scanner, allowing for banner grabbing. This makes <i>masscan</i> ideal for large-scale security research, vulnerability assessment of large networks, or identifying services exposed on the public internet. Its high-speed nature means it can generate significant network traffic, requiring careful use to avoid network saturation or detection.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Due to its high speed, <i>masscan</i> can generate an enormous amount of network traffic and may be disruptive if used irresponsibly. It can trigger Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS) and firewalls, potentially leading to IP blocking. Users should ensure they have proper authorization before scanning any network, especially external public ranges. Running <i>masscan</i> at very high rates might require kernel tuning for increased socket buffer sizes or a high-performance network interface card.


title: ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS
content:
The ability of <i>masscan</i> to scan vast swathes of the Internet so rapidly brings significant ethical considerations. Unauthorized scanning can be illegal and viewed as a hostile act. It is crucial to only scan networks for which you have explicit permission. For broad research purposes, consider using it with a low rate and focus on non-sensitive ports, or direct efforts towards known open research datasets.


title: PERFORMANCE AND RESOURCE USAGE
content:
<i>masscan</i> can consume significant network bandwidth and CPU resources, especially at high rates. It is recommended to run it on machines with good network connectivity and sufficient processing power. At rates exceeding millions of packets per second, network hardware and operating system limits may become bottlenecks, requiring advanced tuning or specialized hardware.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>masscan</i> was developed by Robert Graham (aka 'fyodor'), the creator of <i>Nmap</i>, and first released in 2013. Graham designed <i>masscan</i> to address the need for extremely fast, Internet-scale scanning, moving beyond the capabilities of traditional scanners for such large datasets. His primary goal was to create a tool capable of scanning the entire public IPv4 address space for a single port in just a few minutes, a feat previously impractical. Its development focused on a custom, stateless TCP/IP stack to achieve this unprecedented speed.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mat2</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>file</i>...<br><b>mat2</b> -s | --show <i>file</i>...<br><b>mat2</b> -l | --list-formats<br><b>mat2</b> -h | --help<br><b>mat2</b> -v | --version


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-s, --show</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays all detected metadata for the specified files without modifying them.<br><br><b>-c, --check</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Checks if the specified files contain any metadata and outputs a simple status.<br><br><b>-l, --list-formats</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all file formats supported by <i>mat2</i> for metadata cleaning.<br><br><b>-d, --delete-all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;This is the default action. It deletes all known metadata from the files.<br><br><b>-p, --inplace</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Modifies the original files directly, overwriting them with the cleaned versions. Use with caution.<br><br><b>-b, --backup</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a backup of the original file(s) before performing modifications (e.g., <i>filename.bak</i>).<br><br><b>-o <file>, --output <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an output file for a single input file. Cannot be used with multiple input files.<br><br><b>--add-comment <comment></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a generic comment string to the metadata of the output file.<br><br><b>--add-creator <creator></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds a creator string to the metadata, indicating <i>mat2</i> as the processor.<br><br><b>--unknown-tags</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all unknown metadata tags found in the specified files.<br><br><b>--keep-unknown-tags</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <i>mat2</i> from removing any metadata tags it does not explicitly recognize.<br><br><b>--set-creation-time</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the creation/modification time of the output file to the current time.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with available options and usage.<br><br><b>-v, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of <i>mat2</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mat2</i> is a powerful command-line tool designed to remove metadata from various file formats. Its primary purpose is to help users protect their privacy by cleaning sensitive information embedded within files, such as creation dates, GPS coordinates, camera models, author names, and more, before sharing them online or with others. It supports a wide array of formats including common image (JPEG, PNG, WebP), audio (FLAC, MP3, OGG), video (MKV, MP4), document (PDF, ODT), and archive (ZIP, TAR) files. By default, <i>mat2</i> removes all known metadata tags, but it also offers options to inspect metadata, check for its presence, or selectively keep certain tags. It's an essential utility for anyone concerned about inadvertently leaking personal information through digital files.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While <i>mat2</i> is highly effective, it might not remove <i>all</i> metadata from <i>every</i> possible file format, especially if the format is obscure or custom. Some embedded data might be crucial for file integrity or display, and removing it could potentially corrupt the file or alter its intended appearance (e.g., color profiles). Always test with copies of important files or use the <b>--backup</b> option. Also, be aware that simply removing metadata does not guarantee anonymity if other identifying information is present in the file content itself.


title: PRIVACY IMPLICATIONS
content:
Metadata often contains sensitive personal information, such as geolocation from photos taken with smartphones, device serial numbers, software versions, author names in documents, or even revision histories. Removing this data with <i>mat2</i> is a crucial step in protecting one's privacy, especially when distributing files publicly or to untrusted parties.


title: TYPICAL USAGE FLOW
content:
A typical workflow might involve first using <b>mat2 -c <i>file</i></b> to check for metadata, then <b>mat2 -s <i>file</i></b> to inspect what metadata is present, and finally <b>mat2 <i>file</i></b> (which defaults to deleting all) to clean the file, often combined with <b>-p</b> for in-place modification or <b>-o</b> for a new output file.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mat2</i> is the successor to the original "Metadata Anonymisation Toolkit" (<i>mat</i>). It was rewritten to address limitations and improve compatibility and extensibility across a wider range of file formats and metadata types. Developed as a privacy-focused utility, its development emphasizes robust metadata removal techniques to help users securely share digital content without inadvertently leaking sensitive personal or technical information.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>matchpathcon</b> [<b>-NnpV</b>] [<b>-f</b> <i>file_contexts</i>] [<b>-P</b> <i>policy_root</i>] <i>path</i> [<i>path...</i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-N</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not canonicalize paths (i.e., do not perform path lookup). This prevents symbolic link resolution.<br><br><b><b>-n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not display the context; instead, just return a 0 or 1 exit status indicating success or failure. Useful for scripting.<br><br><b><b>-p</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the prefix that matched the path from the <I>file_contexts</I> configuration, along with the predicted context.<br><br><b><b>-V</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print version information for the <I>matchpathcon</I> utility.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <i>file_contexts</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternate <I>file_contexts</I> file to use instead of the system default. This is useful for testing custom policies.<br><br><b><b>-P</b> <i>policy_root</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternate policy root directory. This allows checking contexts against a policy tree different from the active one.<br><br><b><i>path</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more file or directory paths for which to determine the default <I>SELinux</I> context.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>matchpathcon</i> is a utility that determines the default <I>SELinux</I> security context for a given file or directory path. It consults the system's <I>SELinux</I> policy file contexts (typically located in <I>/etc/selinux/<policy>/contexts/files</I>) to predict what label a file or directory would receive if it were created or relabeled with <I>restorecon</I>.<br><br>This command is invaluable for <I>SELinux</I> administrators and developers to: <b>1.</b> Understand how the policy applies contexts to different paths. <b>2.</b> Troubleshoot <I>SELinux</I> permission denied errors by verifying expected contexts. <b>3.</b> Plan file system layouts in <I>SELinux</I> enabled environments.<br><br>It does not modify any contexts on the file system; it only provides a prediction based on the loaded policy rules.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The context displayed by <i>matchpathcon</i> is a <b>prediction</b> based on the <I>SELinux</I> policy. It does not guarantee that the actual file on disk currently has that context. The actual context might differ if the file was manually labeled, if <I>restorecon</I> has not been run, or if the filesystem does not support <I>SELinux</I> labels. Always verify the actual context using <I>ls -Z</I>.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
The command returns an exit status of <b>0</b> upon successful execution (meaning a context was found for the path), and <b>1</b> if an error occurred or no context could be determined for the specified path. This makes it suitable for use in shell scripts.


title: CONTEXT FORMAT
content:
The output <I>SELinux</I> context typically follows the format: <i>user:role:type:level</i> (e.g., <I>system_u:object_r:usr_t:s0</I>). Each component provides specific security information about the object's label.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>matchpathcon</i> is an integral part of the <I>SELinux</I> user-space utilities, developed as part of the broader <I>SELinux</I> project which originated from the <I>National Security Agency (NSA)</I>. Its development is intertwined with the evolution of <I>SELinux</I> itself, providing a foundational tool for understanding and managing file contexts. It has been a stable component of <I>SELinux</I> distributions since the early days, reflecting its critical role in policy debugging and administration.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the version information and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>mate-about</I> command is a graphical utility designed to display essential information about the <B>MATE Desktop Environment</B>.<br><br>When invoked, it typically opens a small window showcasing details such as the MATE version number, copyright information, and a list of contributors who have worked on the project. This command serves as a quick and user-friendly way for users to verify their installed MATE Desktop version, which is crucial for troubleshooting or simply confirming the environment's specifics.<br><br>As MATE is a continuation of the classic <I>GNOME 2</I> desktop, <I>mate-about</I> offers a similar function to its <I>GNOME 2</I> predecessor, providing a consistent way to access desktop information.


title: CAVEATS
content:
This command is a <B>graphical application</B> and requires a running X server or Wayland compositor to function correctly. If executed in a purely text-based terminal without a display environment, it will fail to launch or report an error like "Cannot open display".


title: ROLE IN BRANDING
content:
Beyond simply displaying version numbers, <I>mate-about</I> plays a subtle but important role in the <B>MATE Desktop</B> branding. It provides a visual identifier for the desktop environment, allowing users to quickly recognize and confirm they are indeed running MATE, complete with its unique logo and aesthetic, reinforcing the desktop's identity and distinguishing it from other environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <B>MATE Desktop Environment</B> emerged as a fork of the classic <I>GNOME 2</I> desktop in 2011, after <I>GNOME 3</I> introduced a drastically different user interface. The <I>mate-about</I> command was developed as part of the MATE core utilities, mirroring the functionality of the <I>gnome-about</I> command from <I>GNOME 2</I>.<br><br>Its purpose is to provide a consistent and accessible way for users to identify their desktop environment's version and associated details, contributing to the overall branding and user experience of the MATE project by upholding the familiar <I>GNOME 2</I> style of system information display.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--display=<i>DISPLAY</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Connects to the specified <b>X</b> display. This is a standard option for graphical applications to control where the application window appears.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <i>mate-calc</i> application's version number and then exits.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows a summary of command-line options available for <i>mate-calc</i> and then exits.<br><br><b>--disable-sound</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the calculator from playing key-press sounds when buttons are clicked within the graphical interface.<br><br><b>--enable-sound</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables the calculator's key-press sound feedback. The default behavior might vary based on system settings.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mate-calc</i> is the default calculator application for the <b>MATE</b> Desktop Environment. It provides a comprehensive set of mathematical functions, making it suitable for both basic arithmetic and complex scientific, financial, or programming calculations.<br><br>As a fork of the classic <i>GNOME Calculator</i> (<i>gcalctool</i>), it maintains a familiar and intuitive graphical user interface. Users can switch between several modes, including <b>Basic</b>, <b>Advanced</b>, <b>Financial</b>, and <b>Programming</b>, to access specialized functions. The calculator also features integrated unit conversion, allowing seamless conversion between various physical quantities like length, mass, and temperature. Furthermore, it offers currency conversion capabilities, which are updated via an online service. <i>mate-calc</i> supports functions like trigonometry, logarithms, boolean operations, and statistical calculations, making it a powerful tool for students, engineers, and everyday users who prefer a desktop-based calculator.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mate-calc</i> is a graphical application and requires an active <b>X server</b> or <b>Wayland compositor</b> to run. It is not designed for command-line driven calculations like <i>bc(1)</i> or <i>dc(1)</i>. Its primary interaction is through its graphical user interface. While it accepts some command-line options for display and sound settings, it does not support passing mathematical expressions or equations for calculation directly via the terminal.


title: USER INTERFACE
content:
<i>mate-calc</i> primarily operates through a graphical user interface (<b>GUI</b>). Users interact with it by clicking virtual buttons, entering numbers, and selecting functions directly on the calculator window, rather than through command-line inputs. This makes it intuitive for visual users but less suitable for scripting.


title: MODES OF OPERATION
content:
The calculator offers various operational modes&mdash;<i>Basic</i>, <i>Advanced</i>, <i>Financial</i>, and <i>Programming</i>&mdash;each providing a specialized set of functions and a tailored layout to suit different computational needs. Users can easily switch between these modes via the application's menu, adapting the calculator's functionality on the fly.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mate-calc</i> traces its roots to <i>gcalctool</i>, the calculator application originally included in the <b>GNOME 2</b> desktop environment. When <b>GNOME 3</b> transitioned to <i>GNOME Shell</i> and deprecated many core <b>GNOME 2</b> applications, the <b>MATE Desktop Environment</b> was created as a fork to continue the classic <b>GNOME 2</b> experience. Consequently, <i>gcalctool</i> was forked and renamed <i>mate-calc</i> to serve as the default calculator for the <b>MATE</b> desktop. This lineage ensures that <i>mate-calc</i> retains the familiar interface, functionality, and robustness that users appreciated in its <b>GNOME 2</b> predecessor, while being actively maintained and integrated within the <b>MATE</b> ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>EXPRESSION</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The mathematical expression to be evaluated. This should be a string containing numbers, operators, and functions. It's often enclosed in single quotes (e.g., '10 + 5 * 2') to prevent shell expansion.<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show a summary of command-line options.<br><br><b>--help-all</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show all help options, including GTK+ and MATE-specific options.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show the version information for <i>mate-calc-cmd</i>.<br><br><b>--display=<i>DISPLAY</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;X display to use (standard GTK+ option, less relevant for command-line output).<br><br><b>--screen=<i>SCREEN</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;X screen to use (standard GTK+ option).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mate-calc-cmd</i> is the command-line interface for the MATE Calculator application. It allows users to perform mathematical calculations directly from the terminal without needing to launch the graphical user interface. Users provide a mathematical expression as an argument, which <i>mate-calc-cmd</i> evaluates and prints the resulting value to standard output. <br><br>This utility is particularly useful for scripting, quick ad-hoc calculations, or integrating arithmetic operations into shell pipelines and other command-line workflows. It supports a wide range of standard arithmetic operators (+, -, *, /, ^), common mathematical functions (e.g., sin, cos, tan, log, sqrt), and constants (e.g., pi, e). Expressions must often be enclosed in quotes to prevent shell interpretation of special characters like spaces, asterisks (*), or parentheses.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Expressions containing spaces, shell wildcards (*), or parentheses must be enclosed in quotes (single quotes are generally safer) to ensure the shell passes the entire expression as a single argument to <i>mate-calc-cmd</i>. For example, use '2 * (3 + 4)' instead of 2 * (3 + 4). <br><br>Error handling for malformed expressions might be basic, potentially outputting 'Error' or an invalid value rather than detailed diagnostics.


title: QUOTING EXPRESSIONS
content:
It is crucial to quote your mathematical expressions, especially if they contain spaces or characters that the shell might interpret specially (like `*`, `(`, `)`). For example, to calculate `2 + 2`, you should run: `mate-calc-cmd '2 + 2'`.


title: SUPPORTED FUNCTIONS AND CONSTANTS
content:
<i>mate-calc-cmd</i> supports standard arithmetic operators (`+`, `-`, `*`, `/`, `^` for exponentiation), trigonometric functions (`sin`, `cos`, `tan`, `asin`, `acos`, `atan`), logarithmic functions (`log`, `ln`), square root (`sqrt`), and mathematical constants like `pi` and `e`.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mate-calc-cmd</i> is an integral part of the MATE Desktop Environment's calculator utility, <i>mate-calc</i>. The MATE project emerged as a fork of GNOME 2 following the release of GNOME 3. Consequently, <i>mate-calc-cmd</i> inherits its core functionality and parser from the traditional GNOME 2 calculator, providing a consistent and familiar command-line experience for users within the MATE ecosystem. Its development has focused on maintaining stability and compatibility with the MATE desktop environment.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--window, -w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Grab a specific window instead of the entire screen. The user will be prompted to click on the desired window.<br><br><b>--area, -a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Grab a selected area of the screen instead of the entire screen. The user will be prompted to draw a rectangle.<br><br><b>--background, -b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Take a screenshot of the current desktop background.<br><br><b>--delay=SEC, -d SEC</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Take a screenshot after a delay of <I>SEC</I> seconds. Useful for preparing the screen.<br><br><b>--interactive, -i</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show an interactive dialog window to choose options before taking the screenshot.<br><br><b>--clipboard, -c</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy the screenshot to the system clipboard instead of saving it to a file or displaying it.<br><br><b>--print, -p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the screenshot to the default configured printer.<br><br><b>--file=FILENAME, -f FILENAME</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Save the screenshot directly to the specified <I>FILENAME</I>. If not provided, a default filename in the Pictures directory or a dialog will be used.<br><br><b>--effect=EFFECT, -e EFFECT</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Add a visual <I>EFFECT</I> to the screenshot. Common effects include "shadow", "border", or "none".<br><br><b>--no-border, -B</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not include the window border when taking a screenshot of a window using <I>--window</I>.<br><br><b>--no-pointer, -P</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not include the mouse pointer in the screenshot.<br><br><b>--display=DISPLAY, -D DISPLAY</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the X <I>DISPLAY</I> to use for the screenshot operation.<br><br><b>--version, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version information for the <b>mate-screenshot</b> command.<br><br><b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show a help message with available command options and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mate-screenshot</b> is a versatile utility specifically designed for the MATE Desktop environment to capture screenshots. It allows users to take a snapshot of the entire screen, a specific application window, or a user-defined rectangular area. This command-line tool provides various options to customize the capture process, including adding a delay before taking the shot, copying the image directly to the system clipboard, saving it to a specified file path, or even printing it. It is an essential tool for documentation, bug reporting, or simply sharing visual information within the MATE ecosystem, offering flexibility for both quick captures and more precise photographic needs. Its integration with the MATE desktop provides a seamless user experience.


title: CAVEATS
content:
When using <I>--window</I> or <I>--area</I> without a <I>--delay</I>, the command will wait for user interaction to select the target window or area. It is not possible to combine <I>--window</I> and <I>--area</I> options in a single command. The printing functionality requires a correctly configured default printer.


title: CAPTURING WITH A DELAY
content:
To capture a screenshot after a set duration, useful for setting up a specific view or menu, use the <I>--delay</I> option. For example, <I>mate-screenshot --delay=5</I> will take a full screen shot after 5 seconds, giving you time to arrange elements.


title: DIRECTLY SAVING TO A FILE
content:
Instead of opening a save dialog or sending to clipboard, you can directly save the screenshot to a specific path using <I>--file=FILENAME</I>. For instance, <I>mate-screenshot --window --file=~/Documents/my_app_screenshot.png</I> will allow you to select a window and save its screenshot to the specified PNG file without further prompts.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mate-screenshot</b> originated as a fork of <b>gnome-screenshot</b>. It was developed as part of the MATE Desktop Environment, which emerged after the significant transition of GNOME 2 to GNOME 3 (GNOME Shell). The MATE project aimed to provide a traditional, familiar desktop experience similar to GNOME 2, and thus, <b>mate-screenshot</b> retains the classic functionality and user interface of its GNOME 2 predecessor, ensuring continuity and stability for users who prefer the established desktop metaphor.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-?, --help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help options.<br><br><b><b>--help-all</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display all help options, including GTK+ specific ones.<br><br><b><b>--help-gtk</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display GTK+ Options.<br><br><b><b>-f, --filename=<i>FILENAME</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a pattern for the filename to search for.<br><br><b><b>-p, --path=<i>PATH</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the directory where the search should begin.<br><br><b><b>-c, --contains=<i>TEXT</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Search for files containing the specified text.<br><br><b><b>-s, --start</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Start the search immediately upon launching the GUI.<br><br><b><b>-i, --case-sensitive</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Make the filename and content search case sensitive.<br><br><b><b>-a, --show-only-writable</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limit results to files writable by the current user.<br><br><b><b>-o, --output-only-count</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the GUI and output only the number of matched files to standard output.<br><br><b><b>--mime-type=<i>MIME_TYPE</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Filter results by a specific MIME type.<br><br><b><b>--limit-files=<i>NUMBER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Stop the search after a specified number of files are found.<br><br><b><b>--max-depth=<i>NUMBER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limit the search to a specified directory depth.<br><br><b><b>--newer-than=<i>FILENAME</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files that are newer than the specified reference file.<br><br><b><b>--older-than=<i>FILENAME</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files that are older than the specified reference file.<br><br><b><b>--empty</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find empty files or directories.<br><br><b><b>--size-is-greater-than=<i>NUMBER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files larger than the specified size in bytes.<br><br><b><b>--size-is-less-than=<i>NUMBER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files smaller than the specified size in bytes.<br><br><b><b>--user=<i>USER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files owned by the specified user.<br><br><b><b>--group=<i>GROUP</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Find files owned by the specified group.<br><br><b><b>--mount-points</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Restrict the search to mounted filesystems only.<br><br><b><b>--follow-symlinks</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Follow symbolic links when traversing directories.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-hidden</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exclude hidden files and directories from the search.<br><br><b><b>--name-is-regular-expression</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Treat the filename pattern as a regular expression.<br><br><b><b>--display=<i>DISPLAY</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the X display to use (for graphical output).<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show version information of the <b>mate-search-tool</b>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mate-search-tool</b> command launches the MATE desktop environment's graphical utility for finding files and directories. It allows users to specify search criteria such as filename patterns, file content, modification dates, file sizes, ownership, and MIME types.<br><br>While primarily a GUI application, it supports command-line arguments to pre-fill search fields, initiate a search directly, or even perform a headless search (e.g., just returning a count) making it useful for scripting in MATE environments. It provides a user-friendly interface for common file search operations.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Primarily a GUI tool that requires an X display to launch its graphical window, unless the <b>--output-only-count</b> option is used for headless operation. Its functionality is focused on the MATE desktop environment.


title: GRAPHICAL INTERFACE
content:
By default, <b>mate-search-tool</b> opens a user-friendly graphical window, providing checkboxes, text fields, and dropdowns for specifying search criteria, making it intuitive for non-technical users.


title: INTEGRATION WITH MATE
content:
The tool is deeply integrated into the MATE desktop, often accessible via the Applications menu or a keyboard shortcut, providing seamless access to file search capabilities within the desktop environment.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mate-search-tool</b> is an integral part of the MATE Desktop Environment, which emerged as a fork of GNOME 2. It serves as the continuation of the traditional GNOME 2 search utility, preserving its familiar interface and capabilities for users who prefer the classic desktop paradigm. Its ongoing development is closely aligned with the broader MATE project's evolution and maintenance.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-nodesktop</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts MATLAB without the Java desktop environment, running in the command-line interface. This is useful for server-side or scripted execution.<br><br><b><b>-nodisplay</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts MATLAB without displaying any X-Windows System, including the desktop. This option implies <b>-nodesktop</b> and is typically used on systems without a graphical display.<br><br><b><b>-batch</b> <I>script_name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes the specified MATLAB script non-interactively and then exits. This is the recommended way to run MATLAB scripts in batch mode, particularly for automation. MATLAB exits with status 0 on success, or a non-zero status on error.<br><br><b><b>-r</b> <I>MATLAB_command</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Executes the specified MATLAB command or function. The command must be enclosed in double quotes if it contains spaces. MATLAB remains running after execution, unless an 'exit' command is included.<br><br><b><b>-sd</b> <I>directory</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the initial working directory for the MATLAB session to the specified <I>directory</I>.<br><br><b><b>-logfile</b> <I>filename</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirects all output from the MATLAB command window, including errors and warnings, to the specified <I>filename</I>.<br><br><b><b>-nosplash</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses the display of the MATLAB splash screen during startup.<br><br><b><b>-singleUse</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Causes MATLAB to shut down automatically after the last MATLAB window is closed. Useful for automated tasks that launch GUI applications.<br><br><b><b>-version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the MATLAB version information and exits immediately.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>matlab</b> command is the primary entry point for starting the MATLAB application on a Linux system. MATLAB, short for MATrix LABoratory, is a proprietary multi-paradigm programming language and numerical computing environment developed by MathWorks. It is widely used in academia and industry for tasks such as matrix manipulations, plotting of functions and data, implementation of algorithms, creation of user interfaces, and interfacing with programs written in other languages, including C, C++, Java, and Fortran.<br><br>When invoked without options, <b>matlab</b> typically launches the full interactive desktop environment. However, it provides a rich set of command-line options to control its behavior, allowing users to run scripts non-interactively, execute specific MATLAB commands, suppress the graphical user interface, or redirect output, making it highly suitable for batch processing, automated tasks, and server-side deployments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <b>matlab</b> requires a valid license, which must be correctly configured. Running MATLAB with the full desktop environment can be resource-intensive, requiring significant RAM and CPU. For remote access, X-forwarding (e.g., via SSH -X) is necessary to display the graphical desktop. When using <b>-batch</b>, ensure that the script handles its own exit logic, as MATLAB will only terminate after the script completes.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The behavior of MATLAB can be influenced by several environment variables. Notable ones include <b>MATLABPATH</b>, which specifies additional directories where MATLAB should look for functions and scripts, and <b>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</b>, which can be relevant for linking against external libraries.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
When run with <b>-batch</b>, the <b>matlab</b> command returns an exit status. A status of 0 typically indicates successful execution, while a non-zero status indicates that an error occurred during script execution or startup. This is crucial for integrating MATLAB into shell scripts and CI/CD pipelines.


title: HISTORY
content:
MATLAB was first released by MathWorks in 1984, building upon earlier work by Cleve Moler. From its inception, the command-line interface has been a fundamental part of its operation, essential for both interactive use and non-interactive scripting. The evolution of the <b>matlab</b> command has focused on enhancing its capabilities for automated workflows, server deployments, and integration into larger computational systems, particularly with the introduction of options like <b>-batch</b> for robust script execution.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>+a / -a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets (+) or clears (-) the archive attribute. The archive attribute is typically used by backup programs.<br><br><b>+h / -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets (+) or clears (-) the hidden attribute. Hidden files are not normally shown in directory listings.<br><br><b>+r / -r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets (+) or clears (-) the read-only attribute. Read-only files cannot be modified or deleted without first clearing this attribute.<br><br><b>+s / -s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets (+) or clears (-) the system attribute. System files are essential operating system files, often hidden and read-only.<br><br><b>-X</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operates on extended attributes, which might be specific to certain <I>mtools</I> configurations or when dealing with Linux-specific extended attributes mapped to DOS attributes on VFAT.<br><br><b>-D drive:</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the MS-DOS drive letter to operate on (e.g., <I>A:</I>, <I>C:</I>). This mapping is typically defined in the <I>mtools.conf</I> file.<br><br><b>-/</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Processes subdirectories recursively, applying the attribute changes to files within subdirectories as well.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mattrib</b> is a utility from the <I>mtools</I> package designed to modify the MS-DOS file attributes of files and directories on FAT (File Allocation Table) filesystems. These attributes include archive, hidden, read-only, and system flags. It allows Linux users to control properties commonly found in DOS and Windows environments, making it essential for managing files on floppy disks, USB drives, or disk images formatted with FAT, without needing to boot into a DOS/Windows environment. <br><br>When invoked without attribute modification options, <b>mattrib</b> displays the current attributes of the specified files. It functions similarly to the <I>ATTRIB</I> command in MS-DOS.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mattrib</b> exclusively operates on MS-DOS compatible filesystems (like FAT/VFAT). It does not interact with native Linux file permissions or extended attributes (such as those managed by <I>chattr</I>). Its functionality depends on the correct configuration of the <I>mtools</I> suite, particularly the mapping of drive letters to actual devices or directories in <I>/etc/mtools.conf</I> or <I>~/.mtools.conf</I>.


title: ATTRIBUTE DISPLAY
content:
When no <I>+attribute</I> or <I>-attribute</I> options are provided, <b>mattrib</b> will display the current attributes of the specified files. For example, <I>mattrib filename.txt</I> would show 'A R H S' if those attributes are set.


title: WILDCARD SUPPORT
content:
Like most Linux commands, <b>mattrib</b> supports standard shell wildcards (e.g., <I>*</I>, <I>?</I>) for specifying multiple files to modify their attributes simultaneously.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mattrib</b> is a component of the <I>mtools</I> software package, which was developed to bridge the gap between Unix-like operating systems and MS-DOS filesystems. Its inception was crucial for facilitating data exchange and manipulation of files on floppy disks and other DOS-formatted media directly from a Unix environment, without the overhead of mounting or specific kernel drivers. The <I>mtools</I> suite has been a staple in Linux/Unix distributions for decades, maintaining compatibility with legacy DOS file structures.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mawk</b> [<I>options</I>] <I>--</I> <I>program</I> [<I>file</I> <I>...</I>]<br><b>mawk</b> [<I>options</I>] <I>-f</I> <I>program_file</I> [<I>file</I> <I>...</I>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><code>-F fs</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the field separator <i>fs</i>. The default is whitespace.<br><br><b><code>-f program_file</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads the <b>AWK</b> program from the specified <i>program_file</i> instead of from the command line.<br><br><b><code>-v var=value</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Assigns a <i>value</i> to a program variable <i>var</i> before the <b>AWK</b> program begins execution.<br><br><b><code>-W option</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Used to enable specific warning options, such as <code>posix</code> (for <b>POSIX</b> compliance warnings) or <code>compat</code> (for compatibility warnings).<br><br><b><code>--</code></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Indicates the end of command-line options. Any subsequent arguments are treated as files to be processed by the <b>AWK</b> program, even if they begin with a hyphen.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mawk</b> (Mike Brennan's <b>AWK</b>) is a highly efficient and compact implementation of the <b>AWK</b> programming language, widely used on Unix-like operating systems. It functions as a powerful stream editor and data manipulation tool, capable of performing pattern-directed scanning and processing. Unlike some other <b>AWK</b> variants like <b>gawk</b> (GNU Awk), <b>mawk</b> prioritizes speed and a small memory footprint while strictly adhering to the <b>POSIX Awk</b> standard. This makes it an excellent choice for scripts requiring high performance or operating in resource-constrained environments.<br><br>Users typically employ <b>mawk</b> for tasks such as extracting specific data from text files, reformatting output, generating reports, and performing complex text transformations. It processes input line by line, comparing each line against a set of user-defined patterns and executing associated actions when a pattern matches. Its straightforward syntax and powerful regular expression capabilities make it an indispensable utility for system administrators, developers, and anyone involved in data analysis.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mawk</b> strictly adheres to the <b>POSIX Awk</b> standard, which means it may not support some of the <b>GNU Awk</b> (<b>gawk</b>) extensions, such as certain built-in functions (e.g., <code>gensub</code>, <code>strtonum</code>), advanced regular expression features (e.g., <code>~~</code> for alternation), or <b>gawk</b>-specific variables. Scripts written for <b>gawk</b> that utilize these extensions might not run correctly or at all under <b>mawk</b>. For maximum portability and compatibility, <b>mawk</b> is often preferred, but for feature-rich <b>AWK</b> development, <b>gawk</b> is typically used.


title: MAWK VS. GAWK
content:
While both are <b>AWK</b> implementations, <b>mawk</b> prioritizes speed and <b>POSIX</b> compliance, making it lightweight and fast. <b>gawk</b>, on the other hand, is the GNU Project's <b>AWK</b> and includes many extensions and non-standard features, often preferred for more complex scripting due to its richer functionality.


title: BASIC PROGRAM STRUCTURE
content:
An <b>AWK</b> program in <b>mawk</b> consists of <code><I>pattern</I> { <I>action</I> }</code> pairs. It can also include <code>BEGIN { <I>action</I> }</code> blocks, executed before processing any input, and <code>END { <I>action</I> }</code> blocks, executed after all input has been processed. This structure allows for powerful pre-processing, per-line processing, and post-processing of text data.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mawk</b> was developed by Mike Brennan. Its primary design goal was to provide a fast and memory-efficient <b>AWK</b> implementation that rigorously followed the <b>POSIX</b> standard. Unlike <b>gawk</b>, which continuously adds new features and extensions, <b>mawk</b> has remained focused on its core principles of performance and standard compliance. This historical emphasis makes <b>mawk</b> a robust and reliable choice, particularly for environments where system resources are a concern or where strict adherence to <b>POSIX</b> behavior is paramount. It is often the default <b>awk</b> binary on many Linux distributions due to its minimal footprint and speed.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
Since 'maza' is not a standard command, a universal synopsis cannot be provided. <br> If it were a typical command, a generic synopsis might look like: <br> <i>maza</i> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] <i>ARGUMENTS</i>...


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>(No standard parameters)</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;As 'maza' is not a standard Linux command, its specific parameters are unknown and would depend entirely on its custom implementation. <br> Hypothetical parameters might include options for input/output, processing modes, or verbosity, similar to other utilities.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The command 'maza' does not appear to be a standard utility included in typical Linux distributions or official projects. <br> <i>It is highly probable that this command is a typo, a custom script specific to a particular environment, or an extremely niche tool not widely documented.</i> <br> As such, a detailed analysis of its functionality, syntax, and parameters cannot be provided from standard Linux documentation. Users encountering 'maza' should consult local system documentation, source code, or the administrator who installed/created it to understand its purpose and usage. Standard Linux command-line utilities are typically well-documented via <i>man</i> pages or <i>info</i> pages.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The primary caveat is that 'maza' is not a standard Linux command. Its existence and behavior would be entirely dependent on specific system configurations or custom installations. <br> <i>Users should exercise extreme caution and verify its origin and purpose before execution to avoid unintended system modifications or security risks.</i>


title: VERIFICATION
content:
Always verify the existence and purpose of any unfamiliar command, especially if it's not documented via standard <i>man</i> pages (e.g., by running <i>man maza</i>). If <i>man</i> returns 'No manual entry for maza', it confirms its non-standard nature on that system.


title: CUSTOM SCRIPTS/ALIASES
content:
It's common for system administrators or developers to create custom scripts or shell aliases. 'maza' might be an example of such a localized utility, often stored in directories like <i>/usr/local/bin</i>, a user's <i>~/bin</i> directory, or defined directly in shell configuration files (e.g., <i>.bashrc</i>, <i>.zshrc</i>).


title: HISTORY
content:
There is no documented history for a standard Linux command named 'maza', as it does not exist within mainstream distributions, the Linux kernel, or major open-source projects. <br> Its development and usage history would be limited to specific, private implementations if any exist within a particular organization or user's setup.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>mbadblocks</i> [ <i>-s</i> ] [ <i>-v</i> ] [ <i>-t test_pattern</i> ] [ <i>-b block_size</i> ] [ <i>-p num_passes</i> ] [ <i>-w</i> ] [ <i>-o output_file</i> ] <i>device</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>device</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The block device corresponding to the <i>ext2/3/4</i> filesystem to be scanned (e.g., <i>/dev/sdb1</i>).<br><br><b><i>-s</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the progress of the scan, including current block number and estimated time.<br><br><b><i>-v</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Produces verbose output, providing more detailed information about the scanning process.<br><br><b><i>-t test_pattern</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the test pattern to be used by <i>badblocks</i>. Common patterns include '0x00' (zeros), '0xff' (ones), or 'random' (random data).<br><br><b><i>-b block_size</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the block size of the filesystem in bytes. If not specified, <i>mbadblocks</i> attempts to determine it automatically.<br><br><b><i>-p num_passes</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the number of times the drive should be scanned. More passes increase accuracy but take longer.<br><br><b><i>-w</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables write-mode testing, which performs destructive write tests on the disk. <b>All data on the device will be overwritten and lost.</b> This option is highly discouraged on filesystems containing valuable data.<br><br><b><i>-o output_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the file where the list of found bad blocks will be written. This file is crucial for the subsequent offline marking phase.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mbadblocks</i> is a utility that automates the process of finding bad blocks on an <i>ext2</i>, <i>ext3</i>, or <i>ext4</i> filesystem and subsequently marking them in the filesystem's bad block inode. What distinguishes <i>mbadblocks</i> from a direct use of <i>badblocks</i> and <i>e2fsck</i> is its two-phase operation designed to minimize downtime for large filesystems.<br><br>The first phase involves running <i>badblocks</i> to scan the device. Crucially, this scan can be performed while the filesystem is <b>mounted and in use</b>, allowing the system to remain online during the potentially lengthy scanning process. The detected bad blocks are written to a specified output file.<br><br>The second phase requires the filesystem to be <b>unmounted</b>. <i>mbadblocks</i> then invokes <i>e2fsck</i>, passing the list of bad blocks from the output file to mark them as unusable within the filesystem's metadata. This ensures that the filesystem does not allocate data to these faulty sectors, preventing data corruption. This approach is highly beneficial for enterprise environments or systems with very large storage volumes where continuous operation is critical.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>The initial scanning phase can be performed on a mounted filesystem, but the final phase of marking bad blocks in the filesystem metadata <b>requires the filesystem to be unmounted</b>.</li><li>Using the <i>-w</i> (write-mode) option is <b>destructive</b> and will erase all data on the target device. Exercise extreme caution.</li><li>While the online scan minimizes downtime, it can still impact disk I/O performance during its operation.</li><li><i>mbadblocks</i> is designed specifically for <i>ext2</i>, <i>ext3</i>, and <i>ext4</i> filesystems. It will not work on other filesystem types like <i>XFS</i> or <i>Btrfs</i>.</li></ul>


title: TWO-PHASE OPERATION
content:
<i>mbadblocks</i> operates in two distinct phases:<br>1. <b>Online Scan:</b> <i>badblocks</i> is run on the device to identify faulty sectors, saving the list to an output file. This phase can be executed while the filesystem is actively in use.<br>2. <b>Offline Marking:</b> The filesystem must be unmounted. <i>e2fsck</i> is then automatically called by <i>mbadblocks</i>, using the previously generated bad block list to mark these sectors as unusable within the filesystem's inode table, thus preventing future data corruption.


title: IMPORTANCE OF OUTPUT FILE
content:
The file specified with the <i>-o</i> option is critical. It serves as the bridge between the online scanning phase and the offline marking phase. Without this file, the bad blocks found during the scan cannot be reliably communicated to <i>e2fsck</i> for permanent marking.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mbadblocks</i> is part of the <i>e2fsprogs</i> suite, a collection of utilities for managing <i>ext2</i>, <i>ext3</i>, and <i>ext4</i> filesystems. It was developed to address the practical challenge of performing bad block checks on increasingly large storage volumes without requiring extended periods of system downtime. Its design reflects the need for a more flexible approach to disk health maintenance, particularly for server environments where continuous availability is paramount. It bridges the gap between passive bad block detection and active, metadata-level marking.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mc</b> [<I>options</I>] [<I>path1</I> [<I>path2</I>]]<br><br>When invoked without arguments, <b>mc</b> starts in the current working directory. If <I>path1</I> is provided, the active panel will open at that location. If both <I>path1</I> and <I>path2</I> are specified, the left panel will open at <I>path1</I> and the right panel at <I>path2</I>.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force black and white display.<br><br><b>-c</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force color display.<br><br><b>-C <string></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify a color scheme. E.g., -C "midnight" or -C "nord".<br><br><b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable mouse support.<br><br><b>-e [<file>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Run the internal editor (mcedit). If <file> is given, open it.<br><br><b>-f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display function key labels at the bottom.<br><br><b>-P <file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Load configuration from specified profile file instead of default.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Execute in restricted mode (disable subshell, command execution).<br><br><b>-s <path></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the path for the other panel (when only one path is given).<br><br><b>-U</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Update user hotlist (frequently used directories).<br><br><b>-V</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display the version of Midnight Commander.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mc</i> (Midnight Commander) is a free software command-line file manager and visual shell for Unix-like systems. It features a text-based user interface (TUI) with a familiar two-panel layout, similar to Norton Commander for DOS. It allows users to browse, copy, move, delete, and manage files and directories with ease. Beyond basic file operations, <i>mc</i> includes an integrated text editor (mcedit) and a file viewer, both capable of handling various file types, including archives and binaries. Its intuitive interface, mouse support, and extensive keyboard shortcuts make it a popular choice for efficient file management in terminal environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mc</i> is a Text User Interface (TUI) application and requires a terminal emulator. While it supports mouse input, its primary interaction method relies on keyboard shortcuts and function keys. Some advanced features might require specific terminal capabilities, and older terminals might not support all display options.


title: KEY BINDINGS AND NAVIGATION
content:
<i>mc</i> heavily relies on function keys (F1-F10) for common operations like Help (F1), User Menu (F2), View (F3), Edit (F4), Copy (F5), Move/Rename (F6), Make Dir (F7), Delete (F8), Pull Down Menu (F9), and Exit (F10). Arrow keys navigate, Tab switches panels, and Enter opens files or directories.


title: INTEGRATED EDITOR (MCEDIT) AND VIEWER
content:
<i>mc</i> includes a powerful internal editor, <i>mcedit</i>, which supports syntax highlighting, macros, and regular expressions. The internal viewer can display content of various file types, including archives and binaries, without extracting them, making it very efficient for quick inspections.


title: VIRTUAL FILE SYSTEMS (VFS)
content:
One of <i>mc</i>'s standout features is its Virtual File System (VFS) support. This allows users to browse and manipulate contents of compressed archives (like .tar.gz, .zip), FTP servers, SFTP servers, and even network shares as if they were local directories, significantly extending its utility.


title: HISTORY
content:
Midnight Commander was originally created by Miguel de Icaza in 1994, aiming to be a free and open-source clone of the popular Norton Commander for DOS. It quickly gained popularity among Unix and Linux users due to its intuitive interface and powerful features, filling a gap for a visual file manager in the command-line environment. Its development has continued over the years, with various contributors maintaining and enhancing its capabilities, making it a staple utility in many Linux distributions.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><B>-n</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Number all output lines, similar to <B>cat -n</B>.<br><br><b><B>-b</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Number non-empty output lines, similar to <B>cat -b</B>.<br><br><b><B>-p</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Pipe output through a pager (e.g., <I>less</I>), making it suitable for viewing large files without scrolling off the screen.<br><br><b><B>-s</B> <I>TYPE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable syntax highlighting for specific file types or data formats (e.g., <I>json</I>, <I>xml</I>, <I>code</I>). The <I>TYPE</I> argument specifies the format.<br><br><b><B>-d</B> <I>DELIMITER</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Join multiple files with a specified delimiter string inserted between their contents instead of direct concatenation.<br><br><b><B>-v</B></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Verbose output, providing additional information such as file metadata, processing details, or warnings.<br><br><b><B>-o</B> <I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirect the combined output to a specified <I>FILE</I> instead of standard output.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>mcat</I> command is a hypothetical, advanced utility designed to extend the functionality of the standard <I>cat</I> command. While not a default program in most Linux distributions, its conceptual purpose is to offer 'multi-purpose' or 'enhanced' concatenation and display capabilities for various file types and data streams.<br><br>Beyond simply concatenating files, <I>mcat</I> could provide features like intelligent handling of different data formats, enhanced output formatting, and stream processing. It aims to be more versatile than <I>cat</I> by incorporating functionalities often found in other tools like <I>less</I> for paging, or specialized parsers for structured data, presenting a unified interface for diverse content viewing and manipulation tasks directly from the command line.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <B>mcat</B> command is <B>not a standard or commonly available Linux utility</B> in most distributions. This analysis describes a <I>hypothetical</I> command designed to extend <I>cat</I>'s functionality.<br><br>If you encounter an 'mcat' command, it is likely a custom script, an alias, or part of a very specific, niche software package. Users should verify its origin and functionality on their system before use.


title: HISTORY
content:
As a hypothetical concept, the 'mcat' command's history would originate from the desire to streamline common text and file processing tasks. While the standard <B>cat</B> utility is fundamental, its simplicity often necessitates piping output to other commands for enhanced viewing (like <B>less</B>) or advanced parsing (like <B>grep</B>, <B>sed</B>). <I>mcat</I> could conceptually emerge as an attempt to consolidate these functionalities into a single, more intelligent command, aiming to reduce the cognitive load and command chaining required for complex file operations. Its development would likely be driven by community contributions or specialized needs in specific development or data analysis environments, evolving to support new data formats and output requirements over time.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>mcd</I> command is part of the <I>mtools</I> package, a suite of utilities designed to access and manipulate MS-DOS filesystems from a Unix or Linux environment. Its primary function is to change the current working directory within an MS-DOS filesystem, behaving analogously to the standard Unix <I>cd</I> command but operating on MS-DOS path conventions. <br><br>Unlike <I>cd</I>, <I>mcd</I> does not alter the Unix shell's current directory. Instead, it maintains an internal state for the <I>mtools</I> session, allowing subsequent <I>mtools</I> commands such as <I>mdir</I>, <I>mcopy</I>, or <I>mdel</I> to operate relative to this defined MS-DOS directory. This is particularly useful when working with floppy disks, disk images, or partitions formatted with an MS-DOS filesystem. <br><br>Users can specify paths including drive letters (e.g., <I>A:MYDIR</I>) and use either forward slashes or backslashes as directory separators. The command relies on <I>mtools</I> configuration files (like <I>/etc/mtools.conf</I> or <I>~/.mtoolsrc</I>) to map MS-DOS drive letters to specific Unix devices or disk images, enabling seamless interaction with the target filesystem without requiring it to be mounted via the kernel's filesystem drivers. It provides a lightweight, userspace alternative for managing MS-DOS data.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>mcd</I> only affects the <I>mtools</I> internal working directory, not the Unix shell's current working directory.<br>It requires <I>mtools</I> to be properly configured, often via <I>/etc/mtools.conf</I> or <I>~/.mtoolsrc</I>, to map MS-DOS drive letters to Unix devices.<br>MS-DOS path conventions (e.g., drive letters, backslashes) are used for arguments.<br>While generally reliable, interacting with complex or corrupted MS-DOS filesystems might lead to unexpected behavior.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
The behavior of <I>mcd</I> and other <I>mtools</I> commands is heavily influenced by configuration files, primarily <I>/etc/mtools.conf</I> and <I>~/.mtoolsrc</I>. These files define the mapping between MS-DOS drive letters (e.g., <I>A:</I>, <I>C:</I>) and specific Unix devices or disk image files. Correct configuration is essential for <I>mcd</I> to locate and operate on the intended MS-DOS filesystem.


title: ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
content:
The <I>MTOOLSRC</I> environment variable can be used to specify an alternative path to the <I>mtools</I> configuration file, overriding the default locations. This allows for flexible per-session or per-user configurations without modifying system-wide settings.


title: EXIT STATUS
content:
<I>mcd</I> typically returns an exit status of <B>0</B> upon successful execution, indicating that the directory change within the MS-DOS filesystem was successful. A non-zero exit status indicates an error, such as an invalid path, non-existent drive, or issues accessing the underlying device.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>mtools</I> package, which includes <I>mcd</I>, originated in the early 1990s as a set of user-space utilities for interacting with MS-DOS filesystems from Unix-like operating systems. At the time, MS-DOS formatted floppy disks were a common medium for data exchange, and <I>mtools</I> provided a convenient way to access them without needing kernel-level filesystem mounting. <br><br>The initial development focused on providing a Unix-like command interface for common DOS operations. Over time, it evolved to support newer features such as VFAT (long filenames) and larger FAT filesystems. While its primary use case has diminished with the widespread adoption of modern filesystem drivers in kernels, <I>mtools</I> remains a valuable tool for working with legacy systems, disk images, embedded systems, or for forensic purposes where direct, unmounted access to FAT filesystems is required. Its robust design has ensured its continued inclusion in many Linux distributions.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>mcfly</i> is typically used interactively as a key binding (e.g., <I>Ctrl+R</I>).<br>For non-interactive use: <b>mcfly</b> [OPTIONS] [--command &lt;SEARCH_STRING&gt;]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--fuzzy</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables or disables fuzzy matching for search queries.<br><br><b>--depth <N></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Searches history up to <b>N</b> entries deep, limiting the scope of the search.<br><br><b>--sort-mode <mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the sorting order for results. Modes include <i>relevance</i> (default), <i>last_used</i>, <i>last_used_reverse</i>, <i>length</i>, and <i>length_reverse</i>.<br><br><b>--filter-mode <mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Changes the action mode. Modes include <i>search</i> (default for interactive search) and <i>delete</i> (to delete selected entries).<br><br><b>--command <STRING></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs <i>mcfly</i> in non-interactive mode, searching for the best match for the given <b>STRING</b> and printing it to standard output.<br><br><b>--history <PATH></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative history file to use instead of the default shell history file.<br><br><b>--disable-up-arrow</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <i>mcfly</i> from binding the Up arrow key, useful if another binding or behavior is preferred.<br><br><b>--append-and-run</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In non-interactive mode, appends the chosen command to the history and immediately executes it. Requires <b>--command</b>.<br><br><b>--session-id <ID></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Used internally by <i>mcfly</i> to manage history across multiple terminal sessions, helping to track context.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the help message and exits.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mcfly</i> is an intelligent, instant shell history search tool designed to replace the default <I>Ctrl+R</I> functionality in Bash and Zsh. It learns from your usage patterns, considering factors like frequently used commands, working directories, and command exit status, to provide more relevant search results. Unlike simple string matching, <i>mcfly</i> employs a small neural network to rank suggestions, making your history navigation faster and more intuitive. It offers full-text search, navigable results, and options to filter or delete history entries, significantly enhancing command-line productivity.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Requires integration into shell's configuration (<I>.bashrc</I>, <I>.zshrc</I>) to function as a key binding.<br>May conflict with existing <I>Ctrl+R</I> or Up arrow keybindings if not configured carefully.<br>The learning model adapts over time, so initial results might not be perfectly optimized.


title: INSTALLATION AND SETUP
content:
<i>mcfly</i> is typically installed via cargo (e.g., <b>cargo install mcfly</b>) or system package managers. For interactive use, it must be integrated into your shell's configuration file (e.g., <I>.bashrc</I> or <I>.zshrc</I>) by sourcing a setup script provided by the installation, which usually binds it to <I>Ctrl+R</I>.


title: NEURAL NETWORK FUNCTIONALITY
content:
The core innovation of <i>mcfly</i> is its use of a tiny neural network, trained on your actual shell history data. This allows it to learn patterns and suggest commands based on context, frequency, and recent usage, providing more intelligent suggestions than simple text matching. It considers factors like the current working directory and command exit status to refine its recommendations.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mcfly</i> was created by <I>cantino</I> and first released in 2018. It emerged to address the limitations of traditional shell history search by incorporating machine learning, specifically a small neural network. Its development focused on being a fast, user-friendly, and highly effective replacement for the common <I>Ctrl+R</I> shell binding, quickly gaining popularity for improving command-line workflow efficiency and context-aware suggestions.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<I>C Program Usage:</I><br><b>#include &lt;mcheck.h&gt;</b><br><b>int mcheck(void (*abortfunc)(enum mcheck_status status));</b><br><br><I>Other related debugging functions:</I><br><b>void mtrace(void);</b><br><b>void muntrace(void);</b><br><b>int mprobe(void *ptr);</b>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>abortfunc</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;A pointer to a user-defined function that <b>mcheck()</b> will call if a memory consistency error is detected. This function receives an <b>enum mcheck_status</b> value indicating the type of error. If <b>NULL</b> is passed, <b>mcheck()</b> will call <b>abort(3)</b> upon detecting an error.<br><br><b>enum mcheck_status values</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;These are possible status codes passed to <b>abortfunc</b>:<br><b>MCHECK_OK</b>: No error detected.<br><b>MCHECK_NOCONF</b>: Not configured (e.g., <b>mcheck()</b> not called).<br><b>MCHECK_DISABLED</b>: Checking is disabled.<br><b>MCHECK_VERBOSITY</b>: Not an error, used for verbose mode.<br><b>MCHECK_FREE</b>: Attempted to free an invalid pointer.<br><b>MCHECK_HEAD</b>: Corrupted header of an allocated block.<br><b>MCHECK_TAIL</b>: Corrupted tail of an allocated block.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mcheck</b> function is part of the GNU C Library (glibc) and is used for debugging memory allocation errors. It is <I>not</I> a standalone shell command executed from the terminal, but rather a C library function called within a program.<br><br>When enabled, <b>mcheck()</b> validates the consistency of the memory allocator's internal data structures, such as those used by <b>malloc()</b> and <b>free()</b>. If an inconsistency or corruption is detected, <b>mcheck()</b> calls a specified error handling function, or aborts the program if no function is provided. It helps identify common memory issues like heap corruption, double-frees, or invalid frees.<br><br>For more comprehensive memory tracing, glibc also provides <b>mtrace()</b> and <b>mprobe()</b> functions, often used in conjunction with <b>mcheck()</b> for memory debugging workflows.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mcheck()</b> must be called <I>before</I> any calls to <b>malloc()</b>, <b>free()</b>, or other memory allocation functions are made in the program. Enabling memory checking can introduce significant performance overhead due to the constant validation of memory structures. It is primarily intended for debugging purposes and should not be used in production environments. These functions are generally not thread-safe without external synchronization.


title: USAGE EXAMPLE (C CODE)
content:
Below is a simplified example of how <b>mcheck()</b> might be used within a C program:<br><br><b>#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;</b><br><b>#include &lt;stdlib.h&gt;</b><br><b>#include &lt;mcheck.h&gt;</b><br><br><b>void my_abort_handler(enum mcheck_status status) {</b><br><b>    fprintf(stderr, &quot;Memory consistency error detected: &quot;);</b><br><b>    // ... print status details based on 'status' ...</b><br><b>    exit(1);</b><br><b>}</b><br><br><b>int main() {</b><br><b>    if (mcheck(my_abort_handler) != 0) {</b><br><b>        fprintf(stderr, &quot;mcheck initialization failed!\n&quot;);</b><br><b>        exit(1);</b><br><b>    }</b><br><br><b>    char *buf = malloc(10);</b><br><b>    if (buf == NULL) {</b><br><b>        perror(&quot;malloc&quot;);</b><br><b>        return 1;</b><br><b>    }</b><br><b>    // Use buf...</b><br><b>    free(buf);</b><br><b>    // Uncommenting the next line would cause an error caught by mcheck:</b><br><b>    // free(buf); // Double free example</b><br><br><b>    printf(&quot;Program finished without explicit mcheck errors.\n&quot;);</b><br><b>    return 0;</b><br><b>}</b><br><br>To compile and run:<br><b>gcc -g -o myprog myprog.c</b><br><b>./myprog</b><br><br>For <b>mtrace()</b>, set the <b>MALLOC_TRACE</b> environment variable before running the program (e.g., <b>export MALLOC_TRACE=./memtrace.log</b>). Then use the <b>mtrace</b> (shell script) command to analyze the generated log file.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>mcheck</b> and related memory debugging functions (<b>mtrace</b>, <b>mprobe</b>) are part of the GNU C Library (glibc), which is a fundamental component of Linux systems. They were introduced to provide developers with built-in tools for detecting common memory allocation errors directly within their C programs, reducing reliance on external tools for basic heap debugging. Their development aligns with glibc's ongoing efforts to provide robust and comprehensive system programming interfaces.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mcookie</b> is a utility program designed to generate a 128-bit (16-byte) random hexadecimal string. This string is commonly referred to as an <i>"Xauthority magic cookie."</i><br><br>The primary purpose of <b>mcookie</b> is to provide a simple and secure way to create unique identification tokens used by the X Window System's authorization mechanisms, specifically for <b>xauth</b>. By generating a random cookie, <b>mcookie</b> helps ensure that only authorized clients can connect to a specific X server. It reads random data from <i>/dev/urandom</i> (or <i>/dev/random</i> if <i>/dev/urandom</i> is not available) and prints the 32-character hexadecimal representation to standard output. It is typically used in shell scripts to set up X session security, often piped directly into the <b>xauth</b> command to add a new authorization entry. The command itself takes no arguments or options, making its usage straightforward and focused solely on random cookie generation.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Randomness Source:</b> The security of the generated cookie heavily relies on the quality of the random data provided by <i>/dev/urandom</i> or <i>/dev/random</i>. If the system's entropy source is compromised or insufficient, the "randomness" of the cookie may be weakened, potentially affecting X session security.</li><li><b>Output Handling:</b> <b>mcookie</b> prints the cookie directly to standard output. Care must be taken to pipe or redirect this output securely, especially when dealing with sensitive X authority files.</li><li><b>Single Purpose:</b> <b>mcookie</b> is solely for generating this specific type of cookie and offers no other functionality or customization regarding the output format or length.</li></ul>


title: TYPICAL USAGE
content:
<p><b>mcookie</b> is almost always used in conjunction with the <b>xauth</b> command to add a new authorization entry for the current display. For example, to add a cookie for display <b>:0</b>:</p><pre><code><b>mcookie | xauth add :0 . $(hostname)/unix:0</b></code></pre><p>This command generates a new 128-bit cookie and immediately adds it to the user's <i>.Xauthority</i> file for the specified display, using the current hostname/display number and the generated cookie. Note that <b>$(hostname)/unix:0</b> might be replaced by just <b>:0</b> or other display specifications depending on the setup.</p>


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
The command always outputs a 32-character hexadecimal string, representing a 128-bit random value, followed by a newline character.<br>For example: <code><i>abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890</i></code>


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mcookie</b> has been a long-standing component of the <i>util-linux</i> project, a collection of essential Linux utilities. Its purpose, providing a simple and secure way to generate X authority cookies, has remained consistent throughout its development. It emerged as a reliable method to create <i>Xauthority</i> magic cookies, integral to securing X sessions in a straightforward manner, especially in environments where automated setup of X clients or servers is required.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mcopy</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>sourcefile</i> [<i>sourcefile...</i>] <i>targetfile</i><br><b>mcopy</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>sourcefile</i> [<i>sourcefile...</i>] <i>targetdirectory</i><br><b>mcopy</b> [<i>options</i>] <b>-i</b> <i>image_file</i> <i>sourcefile</i> [<i>sourcefile...</i>] <i>targetfile</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-t</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform text file transfer, converting Unix line endings (LF) to DOS line endings (CR/LF) when copying to DOS, and vice-versa when copying from DOS.<br><br><b><b>-b</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Perform binary file transfer, disabling any line ending conversions.<br><br><b><b>-p</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Preserve original file attributes, including time, date, and read-only status.<br><br><b><b>-v</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose mode, showing each file copied and other informational messages.<br><br><b><b>-s</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copy subdirectories recursively, similar to <i>cp -r</i> on Unix.<br><br><b><b>-a</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Ask for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.<br><br><b><b>-n</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Never overwrite existing files; files with the same name will be skipped.<br><br><b><b>-D</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite destination file only if the source file is newer.<br><br><b><b>-C</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create target directories on the destination if they do not already exist.<br><br><b><b>-i</b> <i>image_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Operate on the specified disk image file instead of a physical device. This is useful for working with virtual disk images.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mcopy</i> is a utility from the <I>mtools</I> package, designed to copy files between MS-DOS filesystems and Unix filesystems. It provides direct, non-mounting access to DOS-formatted media, such as floppy disks, USB drives, or disk images. This makes it convenient for quick transfers or interacting with media that might be problematic to mount directly. <i>mcopy</i> supports various DOS file attributes, wildcards, and handles path conversions between DOS and Unix conventions. It's particularly useful for environments requiring interoperability with older DOS systems or specific embedded devices that use FAT filesystems.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mcopy</i> is part of the <i>mtools</i> package, which primarily supports FAT (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) filesystems. It does not support NTFS, ext4, or other modern Unix filesystems. Drive letters (e.g., <I>a:</I>, <I>c:</I>) used by <i>mcopy</i> are mapped to Unix devices or disk images via the <I>mtools</I> configuration files (e.g., <I>~/.mtoolsrc</I> or <I>/etc/mtools/mtools.conf</I>).<br>Long filename (LFN) support depends on the <I>mtools</I> version and configuration; older versions might only support 8.3 filenames.


title: DOS PATH SYNTAX
content:
<i>mcopy</i> uses DOS-style drive letters (e.g., <I>a:</I> for floppy, <I>c:</I> for hard disk) and can interpret both forward slashes (<I>/</I>) and backslashes (<I>\</I>) as path separators. Absolute paths within a DOS drive often use a double colon, such as <I>c::\path\filename.ext</I>.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
The behavior of <i>mcopy</i> and other <i>mtools</i> commands can be customized through configuration files like <I>~/.mtoolsrc</I> (user-specific) or <I>/etc/mtools/mtools.conf</I> (system-wide). These files define drive mappings, default transfer modes (text/binary), and other operational parameters.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>mtools</I> package, including <i>mcopy</i>, was originally developed by Emmet P. M. F. C. M. F. P. Emmet and has been maintained and expanded upon, primarily by Alain Knaff. It emerged as a crucial set of utilities for Linux users in the early days, providing a robust and safer alternative to direct mounting of potentially unreliable or untrusted DOS-formatted media. Its development has focused on maintaining compatibility with various FAT filesystem nuances and improving user convenience.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b><code>-out:</code></b><i>FILENAME</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the name of the output assembly file. For example, <b><code>-out:MyProgram.exe</code></b>.<br><br><b><b><code>-target:</code></b><i>KIND</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the type of target to build. Common kinds include <b><code>library</code></b>, <b><code>exe</code></b> (console application), <b><code>winexe</code></b> (GUI application), and <b><code>module</code></b>.<br><br><b><b><code>-r:</code></b><i>ASSEMBLY</i><br><b><code>-reference:</code></b><i>ASSEMBLY</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;References an assembly required by the source code. Multiple assemblies can be specified separated by commas or using multiple <b><code>-r</code></b> options.<br><br><b><b><code>-debug</code></b><br><b><code>-debug+</code></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Emits debugging information into the output assembly, useful for stepping through code with a debugger.<br><br><b><b><code>-optimize</code></b><br><b><code>-optimize+</code></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables or disables code optimizations during compilation. <b><code>-optimize-</code></b> disables optimizations.<br><br><b><b><code>-define:</code></b><i>SYMBOLS</i><br><b><code>-d:</code></b><i>SYMBOLS</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines preprocessor symbols, which can be used for conditional compilation within the source code.<br><br><b><b><code>-warn:</code></b><i>LEVEL</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the compiler's warning level, ranging from <b><code>0</code></b> (no warnings) to <b><code>4</code></b> (all warnings).<br><br><b><b><code>-langversion:</code></b><i>VERSION</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the C# language version to use for compilation, e.g., <b><code>C#7.3</code></b> or <b><code>latest</code></b>.<br><br><b><b><code>-version</code></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the Mono C# compiler's version number and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b><code>mcs</code></b> command is the Mono C# compiler, an open-source implementation of the C# language and the ECMA Common Language Infrastructure (CLI) standards. It compiles C# source code into Common Intermediate Language (CIL) assemblies, which can then be executed by the Mono runtime or any compatible .NET runtime. <br><br><code>mcs</code> supports various C# language versions, from older specifications to the latest C# standards, enabling developers to build a wide range of applications, including console programs, libraries, graphical user interface (GUI) applications, and web services. It offers a rich set of command-line options for controlling compilation, referencing external assemblies, debugging, and optimizing output.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Running compiled assemblies requires the Mono runtime to be installed on the system. <br><br>While aiming for high compatibility, certain advanced or platform-specific .NET features might exhibit differences or be unavailable when executed under Mono compared to Microsoft's .NET Framework or .NET Core environments.


title: RESPONSE FILES
content:
<b><code>mcs</code></b> supports response files, which are plain text files containing compiler options. These files are typically passed to the compiler by prefixing their path with an <b><code>@</code></b> symbol (e.g., <b><code>@myoptions.rsp</code></b>). This feature is particularly useful for managing long command lines or reusing common sets of compilation options.


title: CODE PAGES
content:
The <b><code>-codepage:</code></b><i>ID</i> option allows specifying the code page to use for interpreting source files. This is important for ensuring correct character encoding when source files are created with different encodings than the system's default.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b><code>mcs</code></b> compiler is a foundational component of the Mono project, initiated by Miguel de Icaza in 2001. Its primary objective was to create an open-source, cross-platform implementation of Microsoft's .NET Framework, enabling C# applications to run on Linux, macOS, and other Unix-like operating systems. <br><br>Over its development, <b><code>mcs</code></b> has consistently evolved to support new C# language features and .NET framework advancements, playing a crucial role in the adoption of C# beyond Windows environments before Microsoft's own open-sourcing of .NET Core.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>FILE</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the Markdown file to be processed. If this argument is omitted, <b>md-to-clip</b> reads the Markdown content from standard input (stdin).<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief usage message and exits, providing information on the command's syntax and available options.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--plain</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Copies the Markdown content to the clipboard as plain, unformatted text, effectively stripping all Markdown syntax and rendering it as raw text.<br><br><b><b>-H</b>, <b>--html</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Converts the Markdown content to HTML format and copies the resulting HTML to the clipboard. This option typically relies on an external Markdown-to-HTML converter like <i>pandoc</i>.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>md-to-clip</b> command is a utility designed to convert Markdown content into a format suitable for the system clipboard, enabling quick pasting into other applications. It typically reads Markdown from a specified <i>FILE</i> or from standard input (stdin).<br><br>The conversion process often involves leveraging external tools such as <i>pandoc</i> for rich text formats (like HTML or RTF) or command-line Markdown renderers like <i>glow</i> or <i>mdcat</i> for plain text. The processed output is then piped to clipboard utilities such as <i>xclip</i> (for X11) or <i>wl-copy</i> (for Wayland). This streamlines workflows, allowing users to easily share formatted text snippets, code, or documentation without manual copying from a viewer.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>md-to-clip</b> is often a custom script or a lightweight wrapper around other utilities, rather than a standardized command. Therefore, its exact behavior, available options, and dependencies can vary significantly between different implementations.<br><br>It typically requires external Markdown rendering tools (e.g., <i>pandoc</i>, <i>glow</i>) and clipboard utilities (e.g., <i>xclip</i>, <i>wl-copy</i>) to be installed and properly configured in the system's PATH. The ability to paste rich text (like HTML) effectively depends on the target application's capabilities.


title: USAGE EXAMPLES
content:
To copy Markdown from a file:<br><i>md-to-clip my_document.md</i><br><br>To copy Markdown from standard input (e.g., a pipe):<br><i>echo '# Hello World' | md-to-clip</i><br><br>To copy Markdown as plain text:<br><i>md-to-clip --plain notes.md</i><br><br>To copy Markdown as HTML:<br><i>cat README.md | md-to-clip --html</i>


title: DEPENDENCIES
content:
Successful operation of <b>md-to-clip</b> heavily relies on the presence of specific external command-line tools. Common dependencies include:<br><br>A Markdown renderer (e.g., <i>pandoc</i>, <i>glow</i>, <i>mdcat</i>) for converting Markdown syntax. The choice of renderer often determines the output format capabilities (plain text, HTML, etc.).<br><br>A clipboard utility (e.g., <i>xclip</i> for X11-based desktop environments, or <i>wl-copy</i> for Wayland). These tools are responsible for placing the processed content onto the system clipboard.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept behind <b>md-to-clip</b> is not rooted in a single, historically developed command but rather in the Unix philosophy of combining small, specialized tools. As Markdown gained widespread adoption for documentation and communication, the need for seamless integration with system clipboards became apparent. Scripts like <b>md-to-clip</b> emerged as practical solutions, leveraging existing command-line Markdown parsers and clipboard utilities to fill this niche. Its evolution is thus tied to the broader ecosystem of Markdown tooling and desktop environment clipboard management.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<p><i><b>md5pass</b></i> is a utility designed to generate MD5-encrypted password hashes, primarily for use in system password files like <i>/etc/shadow</i>. It reads a password from standard input or prompts the user for it, then applies the MD5 hashing algorithm along with a randomly generated salt to produce a secure, one-way hash.</p><br><p>This hash format is typically prefixed with <i><b>$1$</b></i> and is compatible with systems that use MD5-based password encryption (e.g., Linux, FreeBSD). Its simplicity makes it useful for scripting password changes or generating hashes for new user accounts, although more modern and stronger hashing algorithms are generally preferred for new deployments.</p>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<p>1. <b>Availability:</b> <i><b>md5pass</b></i> is not a standard command on all Linux distributions. Users might find <i><b>mkpasswd</b></i> (from the <i>whois</i> package) or <i><b>openssl passwd</b></i> as more widely available alternatives for generating various types of password hashes.</p><br><p>2. <b>Security:</b> While MD5 was once widely used for password hashing (often referred to as <i>MD5crypt</i> or <i>apr1-md5</i>), it is now considered cryptographically weak compared to modern algorithms. For password hashing, modern systems increasingly prefer stronger algorithms like SHA-256 or SHA-512 with a high number of rounds (e.g., <i>sha512crypt</i>). While <i><b>md5pass</b></i> uses a random salt, MD5 itself is faster to brute-force than newer algorithms. It is generally recommended to use more robust hashing schemes for new password entries if the system supports them.</p><br><p>3. <b>No direct salt control:</b> Many <i><b>md5pass</b></i> implementations do not offer direct control over the salt, generating a random one automatically. While convenient for basic use, this lacks flexibility for specific scenarios.</p>


title: INPUT METHOD
content:
The command expects the password to be provided via standard input (e.g., <i><b>echo "secret" | md5pass</b></i>) or by prompting the user interactively if standard input is not redirected. It does not typically accept the password as a command-line argument for security reasons (to prevent it from appearing in shell history or process listings).


title: OUTPUT FORMAT
content:
The output is a single string representing the MD5-hashed password, usually in the format <i><b>$1$SALT$HASH</b></i>. This format includes the algorithm identifier (<i><b>$1$</b></i>), the generated salt, and the final hash, making it directly usable in files like <i>/etc/shadow</i>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<p><i><b>md5pass</b></i> emerged as a utility alongside the adoption of MD5-based password hashing in Unix-like systems, notably in FreeBSD and later in Linux for the <i>/etc/shadow</i> file format. It provided a simple, dedicated tool for generating these specific hashes, building upon the <i><b>crypt(3)</b></i> library function's capability to use MD5.</p><br><p>Its usage has somewhat diminished with the rise of more general password hashing tools like <i><b>mkpasswd</b></i> and the move towards stronger hashing algorithms (SHA-256, SHA-512) for enhanced security in modern operating systems.</p>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-b</b>, <b>--binary</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in binary mode.<br><br><b><b>-t</b>, <b>--text</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read in text mode (default on non-Windows systems).<br><br><b><b>-c</b>, <b>--check</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Read MD5 sums from FILEs and check them.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-missing</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't fail or report status for missing files when checking.<br><br><b><b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't print OK for each successfully verified file when checking.<br><br><b><b>--status</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Don't output anything, status code shows success when checking.<br><br><b><b>--strict</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Exit non-zero for any invalid input line when checking.<br><br><b><b>-w</b>, <b>--warn</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Warn about improperly formatted checksum lines when checking.<br><br><b><b>-z</b>, <b>--zero</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;End each output line with NUL, not newline; read NUL-terminated input.<br><br><b><b>--tag</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Create a BSD style checksum format.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display help information and exit.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
md5sum is a command-line utility used to compute and verify MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) checksums of files. An MD5 checksum is a 128-bit (16-byte) hash value, typically represented as a 32-character hexadecimal number, that uniquely identifies a file's content. Its primary purpose is to ensure data integrity during transmission or storage. By comparing the MD5 checksum of a file before and after transfer, users can detect whether the file has been altered or corrupted. While md5sum is effective for detecting accidental data corruption, it's important to note that MD5 is no longer considered cryptographically secure for purposes requiring collision resistance due to discovered vulnerabilities. For such security-critical applications, stronger hash algorithms like SHA-256 or SHA-512 are recommended.


title: CAVEATS
content:
md5sum uses the MD5 algorithm, which has known cryptographic weaknesses, particularly regarding collision resistance. This means it is possible to find two different files that produce the same MD5 hash. Therefore, md5sum should <i>not</i> be used for security-critical applications where cryptographic collision resistance is paramount, such as digital signatures or verifying software authenticity against malicious tampering. It remains suitable for detecting accidental data corruption or verifying data integrity where an adversary is not involved. For stronger cryptographic assurances, consider using SHA-256 or SHA-512 based utilities.


title: CHECKSUM VERIFICATION EXAMPLE
content:
To verify a file's integrity, first generate its checksum and save it: <b>md5sum myfile.txt > myfile.md5</b>. Later, to check the file against this saved checksum: <b>md5sum -c myfile.md5</b>. The command will output "<i>myfile.txt: OK</i>" if the checksum matches, or report an error if it doesn't.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT
content:
md5sum can read content from standard input if no file is specified or if <b>-</b> is used as a filename: <b>echo "hello world" | md5sum</b>. It outputs the checksum and filename (or '-' for stdin) to standard output.


title: HISTORY
content:
The MD5 algorithm was designed by Ronald Rivest in 1991, succeeding MD4. The md5sum utility itself is part of the GNU Core Utilities (<i>coreutils</i>) package, which provides essential command-line tools for Unix-like operating systems. It gained widespread adoption due to its efficiency and the strong collision resistance initially believed for MD5. However, significant cryptographic vulnerabilities were discovered in MD5 in the early 2000s, leading to its deprecation for security-sensitive applications. Despite this, md5sum remains a commonly used tool for non-cryptographic integrity checks due to its ubiquity and ease of use.


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mdatopbm</b> is a command-line utility from the comprehensive <I>Netpbm</I> project, designed specifically to convert image files in the legacy <I>Mida-S</I> format into the more widely used and manipulable <I>portable bitmap</I> (PBM) format. <br><br>The <I>Mida-S</I> format is an older, less common image format, making <b>mdatopbm</b> a bridge to integrate these files into modern image processing workflows. PBM files represent black and white (monochrome) images and are a fundamental part of the <I>Netpbm</I> suite, often serving as an intermediate format for further image manipulation or conversion to other image types. <br><br>By default, <b>mdatopbm</b> reads the <I>Mida-S</I> image data from standard input if no filename is specified and writes the resulting PBM image to standard output, making it highly suitable for use in shell pipelines.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>Input Format Specificity:</b> <b>mdatopbm</b> strictly expects input in the <I>Mida-S</I> format. Providing an incorrect format will result in errors.<br><br><b>Monochrome Output:</b> The output is always a <I>portable bitmap</I> (PBM), which is inherently black and white. If the original <I>Mida-S</I> image contained grayscale or color information, it will be dithered or thresholded to monochrome, potentially leading to a loss of detail and color fidelity.<br><br><b>Obscure Input Format:</b> The <I>Mida-S</I> format is not commonly encountered today, making this command primarily useful for dealing with historical or niche datasets.


title: STANDARD INPUT/OUTPUT
content:
Like most <I>Netpbm</I> tools, <b>mdatopbm</b> is designed to operate seamlessly with standard input and output. If no <I>mida_S_file</I> is provided as an argument, it reads the image data from standard input. The resulting PBM image is always written to standard output. This design facilitates powerful scripting and piping operations, allowing <b>mdatopbm</b> to be easily integrated into larger image processing workflows.


title: NETPBM SUITE INTEGRATION
content:
<b>mdatopbm</b> is an integral component of the larger <I>Netpbm</I> suite. This means its output (PBM) can be directly fed as input to other <I>Netpbm</I> commands for further processing, such as scaling, format conversion to PNG/JPEG, or other manipulations. This modular approach is a core strength of the <I>Netpbm</I> toolkit.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>Netpbm</I>, of which <b>mdatopbm</b> is a part, has a long and distinguished history in the Unix and Linux world. It originated from the <I>Pbmplus</I> package developed by Jef Poskanzer in the late 1980s. The project's philosophy emphasizes small, single-purpose utilities that can be chained together via pipes to perform complex image manipulations. <b>mdatopbm</b> embodies this principle by providing a dedicated tool for converting a specific, older image format into a foundational <I>Netpbm</I> format. The suite continues to be maintained and developed, reflecting its enduring utility in command-line image processing.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>&lt;mdb-file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The <b>Microsoft Access database file</b> to query.<br><br><b><i>[sql-statement]</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The <b>SQL statement</b> to execute. If omitted, <i>mdb-sql</i> reads from <i>standard input</i>.<br><br><b><b>-d</b>, <b>--delimiter</b> <i>&lt;delimiter&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the column delimiter for output. The default is ','. Useful for <i>CSV generation</i>.<br><br><b><b>-H</b>, <b>--no-header</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents printing <b>column names</b> (header row) in the output.<br><br><b><b>-N</b>, <b>--no-row-count</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses the display of the <b>total number of rows</b> returned by the query.<br><br><b><b>-F</b>, <b>--formatted</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables <b>pretty printing</b> of the output, often for better human readability.<br><br><b><b>-S</b>, <b>--schema</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints <b>schema information</b> (column names and types) before each result set. Useful for understanding table structure.<br><br><b><b>-R</b>, <b>--raw</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs data in <b>raw format</b>, disabling quoting or escaping of values. This can be useful for direct piping.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses <b>warnings</b> and informational messages during execution.<br><br><b><b>-i</b>, <b>--input-file</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Reads the SQL query from the specified <b>file</b> instead of <i>standard input</i>.<br><br><b><b>-o</b>, <b>--output-file</b> <i>&lt;file&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Writes the query output to the specified <b>file</b> instead of <i>standard output</i>.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <b>mdbtools version</b> and exits.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints a <b>help message</b> and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
mdb-sql is a utility from the <b>mdbtools</b> suite designed to execute <b>SQL queries</b> directly against <b>Microsoft Access</b> (<i>.mdb</i>) database files on non-Windows platforms. It provides a <i>command-line interface</i> for interacting with proprietary MDB data, allowing users to extract and analyze information without requiring Microsoft Access or a Windows environment. This tool translates standard SQL statements into operations compatible with the MDB format, making it invaluable for data migration, reporting, and scripting database interactions. While primarily focused on read operations, it bridges the gap for accessing data stored in legacy or proprietary Access database files.


title: CAVEATS
content:
MDBTools are primarily designed for <i>reading</i> data from Access files. While some <b>UPDATE</b>/<b>DELETE</b> operations might be partially supported, <b>INSERT</b> operations are generally not, and modifying MDB files using these tools is <b>not recommended</b> due to potential data corruption. The supported SQL dialect is a <i>subset</i> of standard SQL and may not fully support complex joins, subqueries, or advanced functions found in other SQL databases. Character encoding issues can also arise, especially with older Access versions or non-UTF-8 data.


title: SQL DIALECT AND LIMITATIONS
content:
The SQL dialect supported by <i>mdb-sql</i> is specific to <b>mdbtools</b> and aims to translate SQL into operations understandable by the proprietary MDB format. Users should be aware that <i>advanced SQL features</i> like complex correlated subqueries, stored procedures, or triggers are generally <b>not supported</b>. It is best suited for <b>SELECT</b> statements, basic joins, and filtering.


title: INTERACTIVE AND SCRIPTED USE
content:
<i>mdb-sql</i> can be used <i>interactively</i> by simply running the command and then typing SQL statements, or by piping SQL into it. For <i>scripting</i>, SQL queries can be provided as a command-line argument directly, or from an input file using the <b>-i</b> option, making it suitable for automated data extraction tasks.


title: HISTORY
content:
Part of the <b>mdbtools</b> open-source project, <i>mdb-sql</i> was developed to enable <i>non-Microsoft platforms</i> (primarily Unix/Linux) to access and manage data within proprietary Microsoft Access (<i>.mdb</i>) database files. This project addresses a long-standing need for interoperability, evolving to support various Access file formats and providing a critical tool for data migration and analysis outside the Windows ecosystem.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mdbook</b> &lt;SUBCOMMAND&gt; [OPTIONS]<br><br>Common Subcommands:<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>init</b> [DIRECTORY]<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>build</b> [DIRECTORY]<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>serve</b> [DIRECTORY]<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>watch</b> [DIRECTORY]<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>clean</b> [DIRECTORY]<br><i>mdbook</i> <b>test</b> [DIRECTORY]<br>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>init</i> --force, -f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overwrite existing files when initializing a new book.<br><br><b><i>init</i> --theme</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Include the default theme files in the new book's directory.<br><br><b><i>init</i> --title &lt;TITLE&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the title of the new book.<br><br><b><i>init</i> --description &lt;DESCRIPTION&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set a short description for the new book.<br><br><b><i>init</i> --language &lt;LANG&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the primary language of the new book (e.g., 'en').<br><br><b><i>init</i> --authors &lt;AUTHORS&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set the author(s) of the new book (comma-separated).<br><br><b><i>init</i> --src &lt;DIR&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the source directory for Markdown files (default: 'src').<br><br><b><i>build</i> --dest-dir &lt;DIR&gt;, -d &lt;DIR&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output directory for the built book (default: 'book').<br><br><b><i>build</i> --open, -o</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the built book in your default web browser.<br><br><b><i>serve</i> --port &lt;PORT&gt;, -p &lt;PORT&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the port for the development server to listen on (default: 3000).<br><br><b><i>serve</i> --hostname &lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the hostname for the development server (default: 'localhost').<br><br><b><i>serve</i> --open, -o</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the served book in your default web browser.<br><br><b><i>serve</i> --watch, -w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Watch for file changes and automatically rebuild/reload the book.<br><br><b><i>watch</i> --open, -o</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the book in your default web browser after the first build.<br><br><b><i>watch</i> --port &lt;PORT&gt;, -p &lt;PORT&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the port for the live-reloading server (default: 3000).<br><br><b><i>watch</i> --hostname &lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the hostname for the live-reloading server (default: 'localhost').<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mdbook</i> is a powerful command-line tool written in Rust, designed to transform Markdown files into a static, navigable HTML website, often referred to as a "book." Inspired by <i>GitBook</i>, it offers a fast, simple, and opinionated way to generate documentation, tutorials, or online books. Key features include automatic table of contents generation, a built-in search function, extensive theming capabilities, and multi-language support. It leverages a <b>book.toml</b> configuration file to define project metadata and build settings, and a <b>SUMMARY.md</b> file to structure the book's content. <i>mdbook</i> also provides a development server with live-reloading, making the authoring process highly efficient. It has become a popular choice within the Rust community for project documentation, including the official Rust programming language book itself.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mdbook</i> is highly optimized for Markdown content; while extensible, it may require custom development for very complex document features or non-Markdown sources.<br>Theming customization requires knowledge of web technologies like HTML, CSS, and JavaScript. Error messages for configuration issues can sometimes be concise.


title: BOOK STRUCTURE AND CONFIGURATION
content:
An <i>mdbook</i> project is defined by a <b>book.toml</b> file at its root, which configures metadata (title, authors, language), build options (source and output directories), and more advanced settings like preprocessors and renderers.<br>The book's content resides primarily in the 'src' directory, with <b>SUMMARY.md</b> playing a crucial role in defining the book's structure and table of contents, mapping chapter titles to Markdown files.


title: THEMING AND CUSTOMIZATION
content:
<i>mdbook</i> ships with a functional default theme, but it offers extensive customization options. Users can override any part of the default theme (CSS, JavaScript, HTML templates) by placing custom files in a 'theme' directory within the book's root.<br>This flexibility allows for complete control over the book's appearance and behavior, enabling users to brand their documentation or tailor it to specific visual requirements.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mdbook</i> originated within the Rust community, initially championed by the Rust Language Documentation team, to create a robust and efficient documentation tool. It was conceived as an alternative to existing solutions like <i>GitBook</i>, which faced performance and maintenance challenges. First released around 2016, its development in Rust ensured high performance, memory safety, and easy cross-platform compilation. It rapidly became the standard for Rust projects, including the official Rust book, solidifying its role as a key documentation generator in the open-source ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>FILE...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;One or more Markdown files to render. If no files are specified, <i>mdcat</i> reads from standard input (stdin).<br><br><b>-h, --help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a comprehensive help message and exits.<br><br><b>-V, --version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prints the version information of <i>mdcat</i> and exits.<br><br><b>-t <WIDTH>, --text-width <WIDTH></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the maximum width for text wrapping. Content will be wrapped to fit within this column limit.<br><br><b>-p, --pager</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <i>mdcat</i> to pipe its output through a pager program, typically <i>less -R</i>, allowing for scrolling and searching.<br><br><b>-P, --no-pager</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents <i>mdcat</i> from automatically piping its output to a pager, even if it would normally do so.<br><br><b>-s, --sixel</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces rendering of images using the Sixel graphics protocol. This requires a Sixel-compatible terminal emulator.<br><br><b>-i, --iterm2</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces rendering of images using the iTerm2 inline image protocol. This requires iTerm2 or a compatible terminal.<br><br><b>-c, --colored</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Forces <i>mdcat</i> to produce colored output, even if it detects that the terminal might not support it.<br><br><b>-C, --no-colored</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables all colored output, rendering the Markdown as plain text with basic formatting.<br><br><b>-l, --line-numbers</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays line numbers alongside the rendered Markdown content.<br><br><b>--theme <NAME></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the syntax highlighting theme to use for code blocks within the Markdown file. Common themes include 'Solarized (light/dark)', 'Monokai', etc.<br><br><b>--detect-pager</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically detects if the output should be piped to a pager. This is the default behavior.<br><br><b>--detect-sixel</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically detects if the current terminal supports Sixel graphics. This is the default behavior for Sixel image rendering.<br><br><b>--detect-iterm2</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically detects if the current terminal supports iTerm2 inline images. This is the default behavior for iTerm2 image rendering.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mdcat</i> is a command-line utility designed to render Markdown files directly in your terminal emulator. Unlike traditional text viewers like <i>cat</i> or <i>less</i>, <i>mdcat</i> interprets the Markdown syntax and applies rich formatting using ANSI escape codes. This includes bold and italic text, headers, lists, code blocks with syntax highlighting, and even images (if your terminal supports protocols like Sixel or iTerm2 inline images). It aims to provide a pleasant and highly readable experience for viewing documentation, READMEs, or notes written in Markdown without ever leaving the command line. Its intelligent handling of text wrapping, colors, and optional image rendering makes it an indispensable tool for developers and users who frequently interact with Markdown content in their terminal environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li>Image rendering capabilities (Sixel, iTerm2) are highly dependent on the features supported by your specific terminal emulator. Without proper support, images will either not appear or be rendered as plain text.</li><li><i>mdcat</i>'s visual output can be affected by your terminal's color scheme, font configuration, and overall ANSI escape code compatibility.</li><li>While <i>mdcat</i> supports a wide range of Markdown features, some highly specific or custom Markdown extensions might not be rendered perfectly.</li></ul>


title: IMAGE RENDERING CAPABILITIES
content:
A standout feature of <i>mdcat</i> is its ability to render images directly within the terminal, provided the terminal supports advanced graphics protocols like Sixel or iTerm2 inline images. This transforms the terminal viewing experience from plain text to a rich, multimedia display for Markdown documents containing visuals.


title: SYNTAX HIGHLIGHTING FOR CODE BLOCKS
content:
<i>mdcat</i> automatically applies syntax highlighting to code blocks found within Markdown files. This dramatically improves the readability of code snippets, making it easier to review scripts, configuration files, or programming examples directly in the terminal without needing an external editor.


title: CONFIGURATION FILES
content:
Users can customize <i>mdcat</i>'s behavior and appearance through configuration files, typically located at <i>~/.config/mdcat/mdcat.toml</i>. This allows for setting default themes, image rendering preferences, text width, and other options to tailor the viewing experience to individual needs.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mdcat</i> is a relatively modern command-line utility, implemented in Rust, a language known for its performance and safety. It emerged to fill a niche for a dedicated, high-quality Markdown viewer for terminals, offering a more visually appealing and feature-rich experience than merely piping Markdown through generic text viewers or complex converters. Its development focuses on accurate rendering, good performance, and robust handling of various terminal features, making it a popular choice in the Rust CLI ecosystem.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output, showing each file as it is deleted.<br><br><b>-a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Delete all files matching the pattern without prompting for confirmation for each file.<br><br><b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress the display of filenames as they are deleted (quiet mode). This is similar to <b>-a</b> but without any output.<br><br><b>-D</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Experimental: Delete directories as well. Use with caution as this feature might not be fully robust.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display version information for the <i>mtools</i> package.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message with available options.<br><br><b>msdos_file</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The path to the MS-DOS file(s) to be deleted. Wildcards (* and ?) are supported and follow MS-DOS conventions.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mdel</b> is a utility from the <i>mtools</i> package, designed to delete files from an MS-DOS filesystem. It provides a Linux interface for managing files on media formatted for MS-DOS, such as floppy disks or disk images.<br><br>Unlike the standard Linux <b>rm</b> command, <b>mdel</b> understands and operates directly on the MS-DOS filesystem structure, including its filename conventions (8.3 format), attributes (read-only, hidden, system), and distinctions between short and long filenames. It can handle wildcard patterns and offers options for verbose output and confirmation.<br><br>It's particularly useful when directly interacting with physical MS-DOS formatted media or disk images without the need to mount them first, providing a convenient way to manage files in cross-platform or legacy environments.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mdel</b> operates exclusively on MS-DOS filesystems; it will not work on native Linux filesystems. Wildcard matching follows MS-DOS rules, which may differ from typical Unix shell globbing rules. Deleted files are permanently removed and are not moved to a 'trash can' or 'recycle bin', making recovery difficult or impossible using standard tools. The <b>-D</b> option for deleting directories is experimental and should be used with care.


title: MS-DOS WILDCARDS
content:
<b>mdel</b> interprets wildcards (* and ?) according to MS-DOS rules. The asterisk (*) matches any sequence of characters, and the question mark (?) matches any single character. Unlike some Unix shell interpretations, `*` can match zero or more characters, and the dot (`.`) in filenames is treated as a regular character within wildcard patterns. For example, `*.TXT` matches `FILE.TXT` but also `ANOTHER.TXT` or even `MYFILE` if it had no extension.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
The behavior of <b>mdel</b>, like other <i>mtools</i> commands, can be influenced by configuration files, typically `/etc/mtools.conf` and `~/.mtoolsrc`. These files define default drive letters, device paths for floppy drives, and other specific options that affect how <i>mtools</i> interacts with MS-DOS media.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>mdel</b> command is part of the <i>mtools</i> suite, a collection of utilities developed to provide Unix-like access to MS-DOS filesystems without needing to mount them. This was particularly crucial in earlier computing environments where MS-DOS floppy disks were a common means of data exchange between Unix and MS-DOS systems. <i>mtools</i>, and by extension <b>mdel</b>, have been continuously maintained to support evolving MS-DOS/Windows filesystem features, adapting their relevance even as floppy disk usage declined, finding new applications with disk images and embedded systems.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays each file and directory as it is deleted (verbose mode).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>mdeltree</I> is a command-line utility from the <I>mtools</I> package, designed to recursively remove directories and their contents from MS-DOS filesystems. It functions similarly to the <B>rm -rf</B> command on Unix-like systems, but specifically targets DOS-formatted media.<br><br><I>mdeltree</I> can delete hidden, read-only, and system files and directories without requiring user confirmation, making it a powerful tool for cleaning up DOS disks or partitions. It requires specifying the drive letter (e.g., <B>a:</B>, <B>c:</B>) followed by the path of the directory to be deleted.<br><br>Its primary use case involves managing files on floppy disks, USB drives, or partitions formatted with FAT12, FAT16, or FAT32 filesystems, often in environments where direct MS-DOS access is not available or preferred.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>mdeltree</I> does not prompt for confirmation before deleting files or directories, including read-only or hidden ones. Care must be taken to ensure the correct directory is specified, as deletion is irreversible. It operates on MS-DOS/FAT filesystems and is not intended for native Linux filesystems like Ext4 or XFS.


title: FILESYSTEM SUPPORT
content:
<I>mdeltree</I> specifically works with MS-DOS FAT filesystems (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and is not designed for native Linux filesystems such as Ext2/3/4, XFS, Btrfs, etc.


title: DRIVE SPECIFICATION
content:
The <I>drive:directory</I> argument specifies the MS-DOS drive letter (e.g., <B>a:</B>, <B>c:</B>) to which the directory belongs. This often maps to a physical floppy drive or a partition on a hard drive or USB stick configured in <B>/etc/mtools.conf</B>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>mdeltree</I> is part of the <I>mtools</I> suite, which was developed to provide Unix-like utilities for accessing MS-DOS filesystems. The <I>mtools</I> package has been around since the early days of Linux, serving as a crucial bridge for interoperability between Unix-like systems and DOS-based media. Its development has focused on maintaining compatibility with various FAT filesystem versions (FAT12, FAT16, FAT32) and providing robust command-line tools for file management without needing to explicitly mount the DOS partition.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>mdir</b> [<i>options</i>] [<i>msdos_path</i> ...]<br><b>mdir</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>drive</i>:<br><b>mdir</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>device</i>:<br><b>mdir</b> [<i>options</i>] <i>device</i>::


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-a</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display all files</i>, including hidden and system files.<br><br><b>-b</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Bare format</i>: lists only file and directory names, one per line.<br><br><b>-D</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Device-specific output</i>: treats the argument as a device name rather than a path, for example, <b>mdir -D /dev/fd0</b>.<br><br><b>-L</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Lowercase names</i>: displays filenames in lowercase.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Recursive listing</i>: lists subdirectories recursively.<br><br><b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Short format</i>: displays filename, size, and modification date/time in a compact format.<br><br><b>-t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Terse format</i>: similar to short, but even more compact, omitting file sizes.<br><br><b>-w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Wide format</i>: displays filenames across the screen in multiple columns.<br><br><b>-X</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Display extended attributes</i>: shows additional attributes like archive, read-only, hidden, system alongside the filename.<br><br><b>-x</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Short names only</i>: displays only the 8.3 short filenames, ignoring long filenames.<br><br><b>-V</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Verbose output</i>: prints additional information about the command's operation, such as device access.<br><br><b>-G</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Do not group directories</i>: By default, directories are listed first, followed by files. This option disables that grouping.<br><br><b>-/</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>Use forward slashes</i>: interprets '/' as a path separator instead of the default ''.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <i>mdir</i> command is a utility from the <i>mtools</i> package, designed to list the contents of directories on MS-DOS filesystems. It functions similarly to the standard Unix <i>ls</i> command, but specifically for FAT-formatted media such as floppy disks, hard disk images, or partitions. <i>mdir</i> allows Linux and Unix users to inspect the directory structure, file names, sizes, and modification dates of files stored on DOS-compatible volumes without needing to mount them. This is particularly useful for quick inspections, troubleshooting, or interacting with legacy data. It provides various formatting options to display information concisely or with more detail, mimicking different output styles found in DOS's own DIR command.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mdir</i> is part of the <i>mtools</i> package and requires it to be installed. It primarily operates on MS-DOS/FAT filesystems and may not fully support more modern filesystem features or permissions found in Unix-like systems. While it can read VFAT (long filenames), some output modes might default to displaying only the 8.3 short filenames. It does not modify the filesystem; it is a read-only directory listing tool. Ensure the correct device or image path is specified, as incorrect usage might lead to "No such file or directory" errors even if the device exists.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
<i>mdir</i>'s behavior can be influenced by the <i>mtools</i> configuration file, typically <b>/etc/mtools.conf</b> or <b>~/.mtoolsrc</b>. This file defines drive letters, device mappings, and default settings, allowing users to customize how <i>mdir</i> interacts with different FAT volumes. For example, <b>drive a:</b> or <b>drive b:</b> can be mapped to specific floppy devices, or <b>drive c:</b> to a hard disk partition.


title: MS-DOS PATH SYNTAX
content:
When specifying <i>msdos_path</i>, <i>mdir</i> by default expects DOS-style path separators (backslashes, <b>\</b>). However, using the <b>-/</b> option allows you to use forward slashes (<b>/</b>) which is more common in Unix environments. Paths can include drive letters (e.g., <b>a:\mydata\</b>) or refer to the current working directory on the DOS volume.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <i>mtools</i> package, which includes <i>mdir</i>, originated in the early days of Linux and Unix systems to provide compatibility with MS-DOS filesystems. As DOS was a prevalent operating system, tools were needed to easily access and manage data on DOS-formatted floppy disks and partitions without requiring a full DOS emulation or a reboot. <i>mdir</i>, along with other <i>mtools</i> commands, filled this gap by providing a familiar command-line interface for DOS filesystem operations. Its development has continued to adapt to various FAT filesystem extensions, such as VFAT (long filenames), maintaining its utility for accessing legacy and cross-platform data.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>b</b> (Beacon Flood Mode)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Floods the air with fake Wi-Fi beacons. Useful for creating confusion or advertising fake APs for honeypot purposes.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-f</b> (load ESSIDs from a file), <b>-g</b> (generate random ESSIDs), <b>-w</b> (create WEP-encrypted beacons), <b>-h</b> (create hidden ESSIDs), <b>-c</b> (set channel).<br><br><b><b>a</b> (Authentication Flood Mode)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Floods a target access point with authentication requests. This can crash some APs or fill up their client tables.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-a</b> (target BSSID), <b>-m</b> (load MACs from a file), <b>-t</b> (target specific client).<br><br><b><b>d</b> (Deauthentication/Disassociation Flood Mode)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sends deauthentication or disassociation frames to specified clients, forcing them to disconnect from an access point. This is a common and effective DoS attack.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-a</b> (target AP BSSID), <b>-c</b> (target client MAC address), <b>-b</b> (load blacklist of MACs to ignore).<br><br><b><b>p</b> (Probe Request Flood Mode)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Floods a target access point with probe requests. Useful for testing AP stability or generating traffic.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-e</b> (ESSID to probe for), <b>-r</b> (probe request rate).<br><br><b><b>m</b> (Exploit MDK3 modes)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Tests various attacks and vulnerabilities in Wi-Fi infrastructure. This mode is more advanced and can vary in effectiveness.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-t</b> (target BSSID), <b>-r</b> (replay rate).<br><br><b><b>w</b> (WPA Handshake Capture Mode)</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Listens for WPA/WPA2 4-way handshakes to capture them for offline cracking. Often used in conjunction with deauthentication attacks to force handshakes.<br><i>Common options</i>: <b>-b</b> (BSSID of target AP), <b>-c</b> (channel).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mdk3</b> is a command-line tool primarily used for wireless network penetration testing and denial-of-service (DoS) attacks. It leverages various techniques to disrupt Wi-Fi networks, test access point vulnerabilities, and generate large amounts of wireless traffic. Its capabilities include beacon flooding (creating fake access points), deauthentication/disassociation attacks (forcing clients off networks), brute-forcing hidden SSIDs, and various other jamming or flooding attacks. <b>mdk3</b> requires a compatible wireless adapter that supports monitor mode and packet injection. Due to its powerful capabilities, it should only be used for legitimate security auditing purposes on networks you own or have explicit permission to test.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using <b>mdk3</b> can cause significant disruption to wireless networks. Its use on networks without explicit permission from the owner is illegal and unethical. Ensure your wireless adapter supports monitor mode and packet injection, as not all adapters are compatible. Development for <b>mdk3</b> has been less active in recent years compared to other wireless tools.


title: MONITOR MODE REQUIREMENT
content:
To function correctly, <b>mdk3</b> requires the wireless interface to be set into monitor mode. This is typically achieved using utilities like <b>airmon-ng</b> from the <b>aircrack-ng</b> suite, for example: <i>airmon-ng start wlan0</i> which might create a monitor interface like <i>wlan0mon</i> or <i>mon0</i>.


title: ETHICAL HACKING AND LEGALITY
content:
<b>mdk3</b> is a powerful tool designed for security auditing. Its misuse, such as performing DoS attacks on networks you do not own or have permission to test, is illegal and can lead to severe penalties. Always ensure you have explicit written consent before using <b>mdk3</b> against any network.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mdk3</b> emerged as a prominent tool in the wireless penetration testing landscape, gaining popularity with older BackTrack Linux distributions (the predecessor to Kali Linux). It was developed by "Max_BC" and quickly became a staple for wireless security researchers due to its robust set of denial-of-service capabilities and frame injection attacks.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a short usage message and exits.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the program's version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>--debug</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables debugging output, printing verbose information to stderr or log files. This is typically used for troubleshooting during development or system issues.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
MDM (Mint Display Manager) serves as the default graphical login manager for Linux Mint and its derivatives. Its primary role is to handle user authentication, allow selection of different desktop environments, and initiate the graphical session upon successful login. Designed as a highly customizable alternative to other display managers like GDM and LightDM, MDM offers extensive theming options, configurable greeting messages, and user list management. It operates as a crucial system service, typically invoked and managed by the system's init process (e.g., systemd or SysVinit) rather than being executed directly by end-users from the command line with numerous options. Its configuration is primarily driven by system-wide settings files.


title: CAVEATS
content:
MDM is specifically designed for and primarily used within the Linux Mint ecosystem. It is not typically invoked directly by users from the command line for daily operation; instead, it runs as a system service. Configuration is largely managed via its primary configuration file, <i>/etc/mdm/mdm.conf</i>, and dedicated setup utilities rather than direct command-line arguments.


title: CONFIGURATION
content:
The primary method for configuring MDM is through its main configuration file, <i>/etc/mdm/mdm.conf</i>. This file controls various aspects of MDM's behavior, including themes, auto-login settings, session options, and security policies.<br><br>Additionally, the <b>mdmsetup(8)</b> command-line utility provides a graphical interface for configuring MDM without directly editing the configuration file.


title: SERVICE MANAGEMENT
content:
As a display manager, MDM runs as a system service. It is typically started automatically during system boot. Users can manage the MDM service using standard system initialization tools like <b>systemctl</b> (for systemd-based systems) or service commands (for SysVinit-based systems), for example: <br><i>sudo systemctl status mdm</i><br><i>sudo systemctl restart mdm</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
MDM was developed by the Linux Mint team as an evolution of existing display managers, aiming to provide a more robust, feature-rich, and highly customizable login experience. It sought to address perceived limitations in contemporary display managers like GDM3 and LightDM, particularly regarding theme support and overall user experience. It served as the default display manager for Linux Mint for several years before eventually being superseded by LightDM in newer Linux Mint versions, though it remains functional and can be installed for those who prefer it.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
mdmflexiserver [options]<br><i>Note: As a proprietary command, specific options are hypothetical based on common server applications.</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--config &lt;path&gt;, -c &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the server's configuration file, typically an XML, YAML, or properties file, defining database connections, port numbers, logging levels, and other operational parameters.<br><br><b>--daemonize, -d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Runs the server process in the background as a daemon, detaching it from the controlling terminal.<br><br><b>--log-level &lt;level&gt;, -L &lt;level&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the verbosity of logging output (e.g., <i>INFO</i>, <i>DEBUG</i>, <i>WARN</i>, <i>ERROR</i>).<br><br><b>--pid-file &lt;path&gt;, -p &lt;path&gt;</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path where the server should write its process ID (PID).<br><br><b>--help, -h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a brief help message and exits.<br><br><b>--version, -v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the server's version information and exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>mdmflexiserver</b> command likely refers to a proprietary server application component, specifically designed to run on Linux systems, which is part of a Mobile Device Management (MDM) solution, possibly related to "FlexiServer" software or a custom MDM platform. Its primary function would be to act as the central hub for communication between managed mobile devices (smartphones, tablets) and the MDM system's backend. This involves receiving device check-ins, delivering configuration profiles, pushing applications, enforcing security policies, and collecting device telemetry.<br><br>As a server process, it typically runs continuously in the background, listening for incoming connections from managed devices and interacting with databases or other backend services to retrieve and store device-related information. <i>Given that this is not a standard Linux command, its exact functionality, configuration, and options are entirely dependent on the specific software vendor or custom implementation it belongs to.</i>


title: CAVEATS
content:
<ul><li><b>Proprietary Command:</b> <b>mdmflexiserver</b> is not a standard Linux utility distributed with common distributions. Its existence and behavior are tied to a specific commercial MDM software suite or a custom-developed application.</li><li><b>Product Dependency:</b> Its operation requires the full MDM system to be installed and configured correctly, including databases, other backend services, and network access.</li><li><b>Configuration Criticality:</b> Proper functioning heavily relies on its configuration file, which dictates how it connects to other components and manages devices. Misconfiguration can lead to service failures or security vulnerabilities.</li><li><b>Security Implications:</b> As a component of an MDM system, it handles sensitive device data and policy enforcement. Its security, including network exposure and access controls, is paramount.</li></ul>


title: SERVICE MANAGEMENT
content:
<i>mdmflexiserver</i> is typically designed to run as a persistent background service. On modern Linux systems, it would commonly be managed via <i>systemd</i> (e.g., <b>systemctl start mdmflexiserver.service</b>, <b>systemctl status mdmflexiserver.service</b>).


title: NETWORK LISTENING
content:
The server process will usually listen on one or more specific network ports (e.g., 80, 443, or custom ports) to receive connections from managed devices and potentially from administrative interfaces.


title: LOGGING
content:
Like most server applications, it will generate log files (e.g., in <i>/var/log</i> or a dedicated directory) that are crucial for monitoring its health, debugging issues, and auditing activities.


title: DATABASE DEPENDENCY
content:
An MDM server component almost certainly relies on an external database (e.g., PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQL Server) to store device inventory, user information, policies, configuration data, and historical records.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
As <i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> is not a standard Linux command, a universal synopsis does not exist. However, conceptually, it might resemble:<br><br><code>mdmlogin [options] [arguments]</code><br><br>The actual syntax, including specific options and required arguments (e.g., username, password, server address), would be defined by the particular MDM software vendor.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>Standard parameters do not exist for a generic <i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> command.</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Since this command is specific to proprietary software, any parameters would be defined by that software. Hypothetically, one might expect parameters such as:<br><br><b><i>--username &lt;name&gt;</i> or <i>-u &lt;name&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the username for authentication.<br><br><b><i>--password &lt;pass&gt;</i> or <i>-p &lt;pass&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the password for authentication (often discouraged for security via command-line arguments).<br><br><b><i>--server &lt;address&gt;</i> or <i>-s &lt;address&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the IP address or hostname of the MDM server.<br><br><b><i>--port &lt;number&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the port number for the MDM server connection.<br><br><b><i>--help</i> or <i>-h</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays usage information or available options (if implemented by the vendor).<br><br><b><i>--version</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version of the MDM client or component (if implemented).<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> is not a standard, universally available Linux command found in typical distributions. Its presence and functionality are almost exclusively tied to specific proprietary Mobile Device Management (MDM) software suites or custom enterprise environments. The primary purpose of such a command, as suggested by its name, would be to facilitate a login or authentication process to an MDM server. This could involve authenticating a user, a device, or a specific client component to enable communication and management functions with the centralized MDM system. Because it is not a standard command, its exact behavior, available options, and system requirements are entirely dependent on the specific MDM product it belongs to, and there are no generic manual pages or public documentation for it.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> is not a standard Linux command. <br><br>Its functionality, existence, and behavior are entirely dependent on specific, proprietary Mobile Device Management (MDM) software. <br><br>There are no official manual pages (man pages) or widespread public documentation for a generic <i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> command. <br><br>Users encountering this command should refer to the documentation provided by their specific MDM solution vendor.


title: CONTEXT AND INSTALLATION
content:
<i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> would typically be installed as part of an MDM client package on a device being managed, or as a utility within the server-side components of an MDM solution. It is not something that can be installed independently via standard package managers (like <i>apt</i>, <i>yum</i>, or <i>dnf</i>) unless provided as part of a specific MDM vendor's repository.


title: USAGE SCENARIOS
content:
This command might be used by system administrators to manually enroll a device, re-authenticate a client, or perform specific management tasks via a command-line interface provided by the MDM vendor. Its precise capabilities would vary greatly between different MDM products.


title: HISTORY
content:
There is no public or standardized history for a general <i><b>mdmlogin</b></i> command, as it is not part of the GNU core utilities or standard Linux toolchains. Its history is intrinsically tied to the development cycles and releases of various commercial or open-source Mobile Device Management (MDM) products that choose to include such a command-line utility as part of their client or server components.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
None directly related as a standard Linux command. Its context is typically within specific MDM software suites, not general Linux system administration.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>file.md</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Markdown file to display or present.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a brief help message and exit.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's version information and exit.<br><br><b><b>-i</b>, <b>--image</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable image display using detected terminal capabilities (Sixel or iTerm2).<br><br><b><b>-s</b>, <b>--sixel</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force Sixel image protocol for image rendering.<br><br><b><b>-t</b>, <b>--iTerm2</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force iTerm2 image protocol for image rendering.<br><br><b><b>-w</b>, <b>--watch</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Watch the input file for changes and automatically reload the presentation.<br><br><b><b>-n</b>, <b>--no-pager</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable slide-by-slide presentation mode; display the entire content continuously.<br><br><b><b>-c</b> <i><file></i>, <b>--config</b> <i><file></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify an alternative configuration file path.<br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--keys</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a list of available keybindings for navigation and control.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>mdp</b> is a lightweight, terminal-based Markdown presentation tool that allows users to display Markdown files directly within a terminal emulator. It renders content with syntax highlighting, proper formatting, and supports a slide-by-slide navigation mode, making it ideal for live presentations or quick document reviews without leaving the command line.<br><br>It leverages <i>ncurses</i> for its interactive terminal interface and can display images in compatible terminals (e.g., those supporting Sixel or iTerm2 image protocols). <b>mdp</b> aims to provide a fast and efficient way to consume Markdown content in a command-line environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mdp</b>'s functionality, especially image display, heavily depends on the capabilities of the terminal emulator being used. Not all terminals support true color, Sixel, or iTerm2 image protocols. Markdown parsing might not cover all obscure or highly specific Markdown extensions. Installation is typically via a package manager or compiling from source, as it's not a standard core Linux utility.


title: KEYBINDINGS
content:
While running <b>mdp</b>, various keyboard shortcuts are available for navigation and control:<br><ul><li><b>Space</b> / <b>PageDown</b> / <b>Right Arrow</b> / <b>Down Arrow</b>: Next slide/page.</li><li><b>Backspace</b> / <b>PageUp</b> / <b>Left Arrow</b> / <b>Up Arrow</b>: Previous slide/page.</li><li><b>q</b> / <b>Ctrl+c</b>: Quit the application.</li><li><b>Home</b> / <b>g</b> / <b>1G</b>: Go to the first slide.</li><li><b>End</b> / <b>G</b>: Go to the last slide.</li><li><b>f</b>: Toggle fullscreen.</li><li><b>?</b>: Show help/keybindings.</li></ul>


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mdp</b> is an open-source project primarily developed on GitHub, emerging from the need for a simple, fast, and efficient Markdown presentation tool for the terminal. Its development focuses on portability, broad terminal compatibility, and a clean, interactive user experience, providing an alternative to browser-based or more complex presentation solutions. It continuously evolves with contributions from its community.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>mediainfo</i> <i>[OPTION...]</i> <i>&lt;file|directory|URL...&gt;</i><br><b>Examples:</b><br><i>mediainfo</i> <i>my_video.mp4</i><br><i>mediainfo</i> <i>--Output=XML</i> <i>~/videos/</i><br><i>mediainfo</i> <i>--Inform=file://my_template.txt</i> <i>stream.mkv</i>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the help message, showing available options and their usage.<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Outputs the current version of the <i>mediainfo</i> application.<br><br><b><b>-f</b>, <b>--full</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides a more detailed and comprehensive set of information for the media file.<br><br><b><b>--Output=format</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output format. Common values include <b>Text</b> (default), <b>XML</b>, <b>JSON</b>, <b>HTML</b>, <b>CSV</b>, and more. This is crucial for scripting.<br><br><b><b>--Inform=template</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows for highly customized output using a specific template string or by loading a template from a file (e.g., <b>file://template.txt</b>). This enables extraction of very specific data fields.<br><br><b><b>--Language=xx|en</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the language for the displayed information (e.g., <b>en</b> for English, <b>fr</b> for French).<br><br><b><b>--LogFile=file</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Directs the output of <i>mediainfo</i> to a specified log file instead of standard output.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--Verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity of the output, often used for debugging or more in-depth analysis.<br><br><b><b>&lt;file|directory|URL...&gt;</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to one or more media files, directories containing media files, or direct URLs to media streams that <i>mediainfo</i> should analyze.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><I>mediainfo</I></i> is a powerful command-line utility used to analyze and display detailed technical and tag information about audio, video, and various multimedia container files. It supports a vast array of formats, including but not limited to MPEG-4, QuickTime, Matroska, AVI, WMV, MP3, WAV, and more. <br><br>The tool provides comprehensive data such as codec details, bitrates, resolutions, aspect ratios, frame rates, audio channels, sampling rates, duration, subtitle tracks, chapter information, and embedded metadata. It is an indispensable tool for multimedia professionals, developers, and enthusiasts involved in video production, quality control, media archiving, and general content analysis. <br><br>Beyond its default human-readable text output, <i><I>mediainfo</I></i> can present information in various structured formats like XML, JSON, HTML, and CSV, making it suitable for scripting and integration into automated workflows. Its cross-platform nature ensures widespread usability across different operating systems.


title: CAVEATS
content:
While powerful, <i>mediainfo</i>'s accuracy is dependent on the quality and completeness of the metadata embedded within the media file. Corrupted or malformed files may result in incomplete or incorrect information. For very large files or processing a large batch, it can be resource-intensive. The command-line interface, while robust, may not be as intuitive for beginners as its graphical user interface counterpart.


title: <B>CUSTOM OUTPUT FLEXIBILITY</B>
content:
The <b>--Inform</b> option is one of <i>mediainfo</i>'s most powerful features. It allows users to define exactly what information they want to extract and in what format, enabling highly specific data parsing for automated scripts and custom reports. This includes access to hundreds of different fields per stream type (General, Video, Audio, Text, etc.).


title: <B>CROSS-PLATFORM AVAILABILITY</B>
content:
Beyond Linux, <i>mediainfo</i> is available for Windows, macOS, and various other operating systems, ensuring consistent media analysis capabilities across different environments.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mediainfo</i> was originally created by Jérôme Fenal and first released around 2002. It is part of the MediaArea.net open-source project, which also includes other tools for media analysis and validation. Over the years, it has gained widespread adoption in various sectors, from professional broadcast and post-production to home media management, due to its comprehensive format support and consistent updates to handle new codecs and container specifications.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-c</b> <i>CONFIG_PATH</i>, <b>--conf</b> <i>CONFIG_PATH</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the <i>path</i> to the configuration file. If not provided, <b>mediamtx</b> looks for a default configuration file (e.g., <i>mediamtx.yml</i>) in standard locations.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the <i>version</i> information of the <b>mediamtx</b> server and then exits.<br><br><b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the <i>help</i> message, listing all available command-line options and their descriptions, then exits.<br><br><b><b>-n</b>, <b>--no-color</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disables <i>colorized output</i> in the console log, useful for environments that don't support ANSI escape codes or for clearer log parsing.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i>LEVEL</i>, <b>--log-level</b> <i>LEVEL</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the <i>logging level</i> for the server. Common levels include <i>debug</i>, <i>info</i>, <i>warn</i>, <i>error</i>. Higher levels provide more verbose output.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <i>ADDRESS</i>, <b>--server-address</b> <i>ADDRESS</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Overrides the server's listening <i>address</i> specified in the configuration file. For example, <i>:8554</i> for RTSP or <i>:1935</i> for RTMP.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i>PATH_CONFIG</i>, <b>--paths</b> <i>PATH_CONFIG</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows specifying or overriding <i>path configurations</i> directly from the command line, typically in JSON or YAML format, useful for quick tests or dynamic setups without a full config file.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i><b>mediamtx</b></i> (formerly <i>rtsp-simple-server</i>) is a comprehensive, zero-dependency media server written in Go. It enables the creation, proxying, and consumption of various types of media streams over multiple protocols, including <b>RTSP</b>, <b>RTMP</b>, <b>HLS</b>, <b>WebRTC</b>, <b>MPEG-TS</b>, and <b>SRT</b>.<br><br>It's designed for ease of use and low resource consumption, making it suitable for a wide range of applications from IP cameras to live broadcasting. Its primary configuration is done via a YAML file, allowing for flexible stream management, authentication, and protocol setup.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>mediamtx</b> is primarily configured via its YAML configuration file (e.g., <i>mediamtx.yml</i>). While it has some command-line options, most advanced features like stream authentication, protocol-specific settings, and stream sources are managed within this file. Users should consult the official documentation for detailed configuration.<br><br>Ensure necessary network ports (e.g., 8554 for RTSP, 1935 for RTMP, 8888 for WebRTC) are open in your firewall for external access to streams.


title: DEFAULT CONFIGURATION
content:
By default, <b>mediamtx</b> looks for a configuration file named <i>mediamtx.yml</i> or <i>config.yml</i> in the current directory, the user's home directory, or standard system configuration paths. If no configuration file is found or specified, it will start with minimal default settings, often listening on standard ports like 8554 for RTSP.


title: RUNNING AS A SERVICE
content:
For production deployments, it is common to run <b>mediamtx</b> as a <i>systemd</i> service on Linux or a similar service management tool on other operating systems. This ensures it starts automatically on boot and can be managed (started, stopped, restarted) easily.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>mediamtx</b> was originally known as <i>rtsp-simple-server</i>, developed by <i>Alessandro Gatti (aler9)</i>. It gained popularity for its simplicity, efficiency, and broad protocol support, particularly for RTSP. The project was later rebranded to <b>mediamtx</b> to reflect its expanded capabilities beyond just RTSP, encompassing a wider array of streaming protocols and features. It is written in <b>Go</b>, emphasizing performance and zero external runtime dependencies.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<br><b>medusa</b> <b>-h</b> <i>target</i> <b>-u</b> <i>user</i> <b>-P</b> <i>password_file</i> <b>-M</b> <i>module</i> [<i>options</i>]<br><b>medusa</b> <b>-H</b> <i>target_file</i> <b>-U</b> <i>user_file</i> <b>-p</b> <i>password</i> <b>-M</b> <i>module</i> [<i>options</i>]<br>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-h</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the target host or IP address.<br><br><b>-H</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a file containing multiple target hosts/IPs, one per line.<br><br><b>-u</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a single username to test.<br><br><b>-U</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a file containing multiple usernames, one per line.<br><br><b>-p</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a single password to test.<br><br><b>-P</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a file containing multiple passwords, one per line.<br><br><b>-M</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the authentication module to use (e.g., ftp, http, ssh, smb).<br><br><b>-e</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Adds extra options for the chosen module (e.g., /admin for http module, 'domain=example' for smb).<br><br><b>-f</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Stops testing after the first successful username/password combination is found.<br><br><b>-t</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the number of total concurrent threads (default is 10).<br><br><b>-T</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the number of concurrent hosts to test simultaneously.<br><br><b>-n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a non-default port for the service.<br><br><b>-s</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Uses SSL for connection if supported by the module.<br><br><b>-r</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Resumes a previous brute-force attack from a checkpoint file.<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the verbosity level (0=quiet, 1=normal, 2=verbose, 3=debug).<br><br><b>-L</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Lists all available modules and exits.<br><br><b>-w</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the delay in seconds between connection attempts.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
Medusa is a speedy and modular command-line tool designed for brute-forcing network authentication services. It supports concurrent testing of multiple protocols like FTP, HTTP, SSH, Telnet, SMB, and more, making it a versatile choice for security assessments. Unlike single-threaded tools, Medusa can launch dictionary attacks or brute-force attacks against user accounts and passwords in parallel across numerous hosts or against a single host with multiple threads. This parallel processing significantly accelerates the discovery of weak credentials. Its modular design allows for easy extension to new services. Medusa is commonly used by penetration testers to identify vulnerabilities arising from weak or default passwords within a network, ensuring compliance and enhancing overall security posture.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Using Medusa can generate a significant amount of network traffic and failed login attempts, which may trigger intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) or lead to account lockouts on the target systems. It is crucial to obtain explicit authorization before using this tool against any system not owned or managed by you. Unauthorized use can have severe legal consequences.


title: MODULES
content:
Medusa's strength lies in its modular design, supporting a wide array of services. To see the list of available modules, use the command `<b>medusa -L</b>`. Each module is specifically designed to interact with a particular service's authentication mechanism, such as <i>ftp</i>, <i>http</i>, <i>ssh</i>, <i>smb</i>, <i>pop3</i>, <i>imap</i>, <i>vnc</i>, <i>rlogin</i>, and many others.


title: ETHICAL USE
content:
It is imperative that Medusa only be used for legitimate purposes, such as penetration testing on systems where you have explicit permission. Unauthorized brute-forcing is illegal and unethical. Responsible use ensures the tool serves its intended purpose of identifying security weaknesses, not exploiting them maliciously.


title: HISTORY
content:
Medusa was developed by JoMo-Kun and has been a staple in the open-source penetration testing toolkit for many years. It's often included by default in security-focused Linux distributions like Kali Linux, building a reputation for its reliability and efficiency in cracking various network service authentications. Its modular architecture was a key design choice, allowing it to adapt and extend support for new protocols and authentication methods over time.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>megadl</b> [<i>OPTIONS</i>] { (<b>-l</b> | <b>--link</b> <i><MEGA_FILE_URL></i>) | (<b>-f</b> | <b>--folder</b> <i><MEGA_FOLDER_URL></i>) | (<b>-u</b> | <b>--user</b> <i><EMAIL></i> <b>-p</b> | <b>--password</b> <i><PASSWORD></i> [<b>--path</b> <i><REMOTE_PATH></i>]) } [<b>-o</b> | <b>--output</b> <i><PATH></i>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message and exits.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the program version information and exits.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppresses all non-essential output, showing only critical errors or progress bars.<br><br><b><b>-u</b> <i><EMAIL></i>, <b>--user</b> <i><EMAIL></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the MEGA account email for authentication to access private files.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <i><PASSWORD></i>, <b>--password</b> <i><PASSWORD></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Provides the MEGA account password for authentication. Use with caution or consider a configuration file.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <i><MEGA_FILE_URL></i>, <b>--link</b> <i><MEGA_FILE_URL></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a public MEGA file link (e.g., <i>https://mega.nz/file/ABCD#1234</i>) for direct download.<br><br><b><b>-f</b> <i><MEGA_FOLDER_URL></i>, <b>--folder</b> <i><MEGA_FOLDER_URL></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies a public MEGA folder link for recursive download of its contents.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <i><PATH></i>, <b>--output</b> <i><PATH></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines the local file or directory where the downloaded content will be saved.<br><br><b><b>--path</b> <i><REMOTE_PATH></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Used with <b>-u</b> and <b>-p</b> to specify the path to a file or folder within your authenticated MEGA cloud storage.<br><br><b><b>--disable-resume</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents the tool from attempting to resume interrupted downloads, starting fresh instead.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-init-errors</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Instructs <b>megadl</b> to continue operations even if some initial errors are encountered.<br><br><b><b>--proxy</b> <i><URL></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Configures <b>megadl</b> to use a specified HTTP or SOCKS proxy for all network connections.<br><br><b><b>--config</b> <i><FILE></i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies an alternative configuration file to load credentials or settings from, instead of the default.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b>megadl</b> is a powerful command-line utility, integral to the <i>megatools</i> suite, designed for downloading files and entire directories from the MEGA.nz cloud storage service.<br><br>It offers versatile methods for accessing content, including downloading public files or folders via their respective MEGA links, or by authenticating with a user's MEGA account credentials to retrieve private content. This tool is invaluable for automating downloads, integrating MEGA.nz operations into scripts, or for users who prefer a robust terminal interface over a graphical one. Key features include support for resuming interrupted downloads, specifying custom output paths, and handling various authentication scenarios. <b>megadl</b> provides a reliable and efficient way to manage MEGA downloads programmatically in a Linux environment.


title: CAVEATS
content:
As <b>megadl</b> is part of the <i>megatools</i> suite, it relies on their ongoing compatibility with the evolving MEGA.nz API. Updates to MEGA's service may occasionally cause temporary disruptions or require updates to <i>megatools</i>. Providing passwords directly via command-line options (<b>-p</b>) can be insecure as they may be visible in process listings or shell history; using a configuration file (e.g., <i>~/.megarc</i>) or environmental variables for credentials is generally more secure for automated tasks. Downloads of very large files or numerous items may consume significant local disk space and bandwidth.


title: INSTALLATION
content:
<b>megadl</b> is not a built-in Linux command. It needs to be installed as part of the <i>megatools</i> package. On Debian/Ubuntu-based systems, you can install it using <i>apt</i>: <br><i>sudo apt install megatools</i><br><br>On Fedora/RHEL-based systems: <br><i>sudo dnf install megatools</i><br><br>For Arch Linux: <br><i>sudo pacman -S megatools</i><br><br>Source compilation is also an option for other distributions.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
For persistent authentication or to avoid typing credentials repeatedly, <b>megadl</b> can utilize a configuration file, typically located at <i>~/.megarc</i>. A sample <i>.megarc</i> might look like:<br><br><i>[Login]<br>Username = your_email@example.com<br>Password = your_mega_password</i><br><br>Ensure appropriate file permissions (e.g., <i>chmod 600 ~/.megarc</i>) to protect your credentials.


title: EXAMPLES
content:
<b>Download a public file link:</b><br><i>megadl --link 'https://mega.nz/file/ABCDEF#123456'</i><br><br><b>Download a public folder link:</b><br><i>megadl --folder 'https://mega.nz/folder/GHIJKL#789012'</i><br><br><b>Download a file from your private cloud storage:</b><br><i>megadl --user 'your_email@example.com' --password 'your_password' --path '/My Private Files/document.pdf'</i><br><br><b>Download to a specific output directory:</b><br><i>megadl --link 'https://mega.nz/file/ABCDEF#123456' --output './Downloads/my_file.zip'</i>


title: HISTORY
content:
The <b>megadl</b> command is a component of the <i>megatools</i> project, initiated by Martin Povišer (megous) as an open-source suite of command-line tools for MEGA.nz. Development began shortly after MEGA's relaunch in 2013, aiming to provide a programmatic interface to MEGA's encrypted cloud storage service, which lacked official Linux client support at the time. Its continuous development has focused on maintaining compatibility with MEGA's evolving API and expanding functionality, making it a staple for Linux users requiring terminal-based MEGA interactions.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><i>&lt;URL|PATH&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The Mega.nz URL (e.g., public link) or a path to a file/folder within your Mega.nz account (when authenticated).<br><br><b><b>-k</b>, <b>--no-confirm</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not ask for confirmation before downloading.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enable verbose output, showing more details about the download process.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress all non-error output, useful for scripting.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-html-errors</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Proceed with download even if HTML parsing errors occur. Useful for links embedded in HTML.<br><br><b><b>--ignore-quota-errors</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Continue downloading even if Mega.nz reports quota errors. Use with caution.<br><br><b><b>--no-progress</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Do not display the progress bar during downloads.<br><br><b><b>--path=<i>PATH</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the destination directory where downloaded files will be saved. Defaults to the current directory.<br><br><b><b>--user=<i>USER</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Your Mega.nz username for accessing private files. Can also be set via configuration file or environment variable.<br><br><b><b>--password=<i>PASS</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Your Mega.nz password. Avoid providing directly on the command line for security; prefer config files or environment variables.<br><br><b><b>--limit-speed=<i>BYTES</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Limit the download speed in bytes per second (e.g., '1M' for 1 megabyte per second).<br><br><b><b>--proxy=<i>URL</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use a specified proxy server for connections (e.g., 'socks5://localhost:9050').<br><br><b><b>--config=<i>FILE</i></b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use an alternative configuration file instead of the default (~/.megarc).<br><br><b><b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display program version and exit.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>megatools-dl</i> is a powerful command-line utility for downloading files and directories from the Mega.nz cloud storage service. Part of the <i>megatools</i> suite, it provides a flexible way to interact with Mega.nz directly from your terminal.<br><br>It supports both public Mega.nz links (without requiring authentication) and private files or folders (which require a Mega.nz username and password). Key features include the ability to resume interrupted downloads, download entire folder hierarchies recursively, and manage multiple download tasks efficiently. It is particularly useful for scripting and automating Mega.nz file transfers.


title: CAVEATS
content:
When dealing with private files, providing your password directly on the command line (via <i>--password</i>) can be a security risk as it might be visible in process listings or command history. It's recommended to store credentials in a configuration file (<i>~/.megarc</i>) or use environment variables.<br><br>Mega.nz enforces quota limits for free accounts, which may impact large or frequent downloads. Exceeding these limits can temporarily prevent further downloads.


title: AUTHENTICATION METHODS
content:
For accessing private Mega.nz files, <i>megatools-dl</i> supports multiple authentication methods beyond direct command-line arguments. You can store your username and password securely in a configuration file (typically <i>~/.megarc</i>) or export them as environment variables (e.g., <i>MEGA_USER</i>, <i>MEGA_PASS</i>). Using a config file or environment variables is generally preferred for security.


title: RESUMING DOWNLOADS
content:
<i>megatools-dl</i> supports resuming interrupted downloads. If a download is stopped prematurely, running the same command again will attempt to continue from where it left off, saving bandwidth and time. This feature is particularly useful for large files or unstable network connections.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>megatools-dl</i> is an integral part of the <i>megatools</i> project, initiated by <b>megous</b>. The project was created to provide a robust, open-source command-line interface for the Mega.nz cloud storage service, addressing the lack of official CLI tools. Its development has focused on reliability and comprehensive feature support, making Mega.nz accessible for scripting and automation tasks since its inception.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>--auto-merge</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Automatically merge non-conflicting changes during a three-way merge, leaving only unresolved conflicts for manual intervention.<br><br><b>--output=<I>FILE</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the output file for a three-way merge operation. The result of the merge will be written to this file.<br><br><b>--label=<I>LABEL</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Set a custom tab label for the comparison or merge window, useful for distinguishing multiple <I>Meld</I> instances.<br><br><b>--newtab</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the comparison or merge in a new tab within an existing <I>Meld</I> window, if one is running.<br><br><b>--newwindow</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the comparison or merge in a new, separate <I>Meld</I> window.<br><br><b>--diff</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force file comparison mode, expecting two file paths. Useful when ambiguity exists (e.g., when two inputs could be interpreted as directories but should be compared as files).<br><br><b>--merge</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Force three-way merge mode, expecting three file paths (typically local, base, and remote versions). Useful for explicit merge scenarios.<br><br><b>--encoding=<I>ENCODING</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specify the character encoding for the input files (e.g., UTF-8, ISO-8859-1). <I>Meld</I> attempts to auto-detect if not specified.<br><br><b>--comparison-filter=<I>FILTER</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Apply a predefined or custom text filter to the comparison, ignoring lines matching the filter pattern (e.g., whitespace changes, specific log lines).<br><br><b>--no-filter</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Disable all active text filters for the current comparison, showing all differences.<br><br><b>--help</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message with command-line options and exit.<br><br><b>--version</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Show program's version number and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<I>Meld</I> is a powerful graphical diff and merge tool designed to help users compare files, directories, and perform three-way merging. It offers a user-friendly interface that highlights differences between versions, making it easy to identify changes, resolve conflicts, and integrate modifications. <br><br>It's particularly useful for developers working with version control systems, as it can be configured as an external diff or merge tool for Git, SVN, Mercurial, and others. <I>Meld</I> supports comparing two or three files side-by-side, or two directories recursively, showing new, removed, and changed files. Its intuitive visual cues, such as color-coded lines and blocks, simplify the process of understanding complex changesets and merging diverging branches of code or text.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<I>Meld</I> requires a graphical desktop environment to run, as it is a GUI application. It may consume significant system resources (CPU and memory) when comparing or merging very large files or recursively traversing extensive directory structures. While excellent for text-based content, its utility for binary file comparison is limited to showing them as different without detailed content analysis. Manual intervention is always required to resolve complex merge conflicts, as <I>Meld</I> assists in visualization but doesn't automatically resolve logical conflicts.


title: VERSION CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATION
content:
<I>Meld</I> is widely used as an external diff and merge tool for popular VCS like Git, Subversion, and Mercurial. Its command-line options allow easy integration, enabling users to visually resolve conflicts or inspect changes directly from their version control workflow, replacing the default command-line tools with its graphical interface.


title: COMPARISON MODES
content:
<I>Meld</I> supports two primary comparison modes: comparing two or three individual files, and comparing two directories recursively. In directory comparison, it visually indicates new, missing, or changed files, allowing users to drill down into file-level differences. The three-way merge mode is crucial for resolving conflicts arising from concurrent development, showing local changes, remote changes, and a common base version, facilitating manual conflict resolution.


title: HISTORY
content:
<I>Meld</I> was originally created by Kai Willadsen in 2002. Developed primarily in Python and using the GTK+ toolkit, it quickly gained popularity as an intuitive visual diff and merge utility. It became an official GNOME project, further solidifying its position in the Linux desktop ecosystem. Its development has consistently focused on providing a user-friendly and powerful interface for code comparison and merging, making it a staple tool for developers and system administrators on Linux and other Unix-like systems.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with available options and commands.<br><br><b><b>-v</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Shows the <b>melt</b> and MLT framework version information.<br><br><b><b>-profile</b> <I>name</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the processing profile, defining resolution, frame rate, and aspect ratio (e.g., <I>hdv_1080_25p</I>, <I>dv_pal</I>). Required for rendering to a specific output format.<br><br><b><b>-consumer</b> <I>name</I>[:<I>destination</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output consumer (e.g., <I>avformat</I> for file export, <I>sdl</I> for real-time playback). <I>destination</I> is often a file path for file consumers.<br><br><b><b>-consumer-arg</b> <I>name</I>=<I>value</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Passes additional arguments to the specified consumer. Useful for setting encoder parameters (e.g., <I>vcodec=libx264</I>).<br><br><b><b>-filter</b> <I>name</I>[:<I>properties</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a video or audio filter to the current clip or track (e.g., <I>brightness</I>, <I>colorize</I>, <I>volume</I>).<br><br><b><b>-transition</b> <I>name</I>[:<I>properties</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a transition between two clips (e.g., <I>dissolve</I>, <I>push</I>).<br><br><b><b>-track</b> <I>clip</I>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Groups subsequent clips onto a new track, allowing for multi-track composition.<br><br><b><b>-producer</b> <I>name</I>[:<I>properties</I>]</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Creates a producer (source) from a specific factory type (e.g., <I>color</I> for a solid color, <I>qtext</I> for text).<br><br><b><b>-attach</b> <I>id</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attaches to an existing MLT server process, typically used for remote control or debugging.<br><br><b><b>-position</b> <I>time</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Seeks to a specific time position in the timeline (e.g., <I>00:01:30.000</I>, <I>150</I> frames, <I>30s</I>).<br><br><b><b>-length</b> <I>time</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the duration of the current clip or project segment.<br><br><b><b>-verbose</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Increases the verbosity of log output, providing more detailed information during processing.<br><br><b><b>-real-time</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Attempts to play back the timeline in real-time, dropping frames if necessary.<br><br><b><b>-data</b> <I>XML_file</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads an MLT XML project file, allowing <b>melt</b> to render pre-defined compositions.<br><br><b><b>-loop</b> <I>count</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loops playback of the current clip or timeline a specified number of times. Use <I>0</I> for infinite loop.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>melt</b> command is the primary command-line interface to the <I>MLT (Media Lovin' Toolkit)</I> multimedia framework. It acts as a powerful non-linear video editor and player that allows users to process, play, and render audio/video clips directly from the terminal. <b>melt</b> is highly flexible and scriptable, capable of applying a wide range of filters, transitions, and effects, as well as composing complex timelines by chaining multiple clips and operations. It supports various media formats for both input and output, leveraging the underlying MLT framework's extensive plugin architecture.<br><br>While it lacks a graphical user interface, <b>melt</b> is an invaluable tool for automation, batch processing, and server-side video manipulation. It's often used by developers and advanced users to test MLT features, create custom rendering pipelines, or integrate video processing into scripts without the overhead of a full-fledged GUI editor. Its ability to directly consume <I>MLT XML project files</I> makes it a robust choice for rendering projects created in MLT-based GUI editors like <I>Shotcut</I> or <I>Kdenlive</I>.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>melt</b> has a steep learning curve due to its command-line nature and the extensive options available within the MLT framework. It requires a precise understanding of MLT's internal concepts like producers, consumers, filters, and transitions. There is no built-in undo/redo functionality, and complex projects require careful scripting or the use of MLT XML files. Debugging issues can be challenging without verbose logging, and real-time playback performance heavily depends on system resources and the complexity of the project.


title: MLT FRAMEWORK
content:
<b>melt</b> is built upon the <I>Media Lovin' Toolkit (MLT)</I>, a LGPL-licensed open source multimedia framework. MLT is designed for television broadcasting, encompassing playback, processing, and rendering. Its modular architecture allows developers to extend its functionality through plugins, which <b>melt</b> can leverage for various tasks like reading/writing different media formats, applying complex effects, and integrating with external hardware.


title: CHAINING OPERATIONS
content:
One of <b>melt</b>'s most powerful features is its ability to chain operations on the command line. You can specify a source clip, then apply multiple filters sequentially, follow it with a transition to another clip, and then apply more filters. This chaining allows for highly granular control over the video processing pipeline, making it ideal for creating custom effects or complex non-linear edits without leaving the terminal. For example: <I>melt input1.mp4 -filter brightness=50% -transition dissolve input2.mp4 -filter sepia</I>.


title: MLT XML PROJECT FILES
content:
For more complex or reusable projects, <b>melt</b> can directly process MLT XML files. These files represent an entire MLT project, including timelines, tracks, clips, filters, and transitions. This allows users to design projects in GUI editors like <I>Shotcut</I> or <I>Kdenlive</I> and then render them using <b>melt</b> on a headless server or as part of an automated batch process, ensuring consistency and scalability.


title: HISTORY
content:
The MLT framework, and consequently the <b>melt</b> command, was initiated by Dan Dennedy in 2004. It was designed from the ground up as a modular, extensible, and flexible toolkit for broadcast and multimedia applications. The command-line <b>melt</b> utility served as an initial testing ground and demonstration of the framework's capabilities, allowing developers to interact directly with MLT's core components. Over the years, MLT has become the backend for popular open-source video editors such as <I>Shotcut</I> (also developed by Dennedy) and <I>Kdenlive</I>, cementing <b>melt</b>'s role as a fundamental tool for scripting and automating video production workflows.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<i>mencoder</i> [<b>options</b>] [<b>input_file</b> | <b>input_URL</b>] [<b>-o</b> <i>output_file</i>] [<b>-oac</b> <i>&lt;codec&gt;</i>] [<b>-ovc</b> <i>&lt;codec&gt;</i>] [<b>filter_options</b>]


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-o</b> <i>&lt;filename&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the name of the output file. This option is mandatory for encoding.<br><br><b><b>-oac</b> <i>&lt;codec&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the audio codec for encoding. Common codecs include <i>mp3lame</i>, <i>pcm</i>, <i>copy</i> (for direct stream copy).<br><br><b><b>-ovc</b> <i>&lt;codec&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the video codec for encoding. Common codecs include <i>xvid</i>, <i>lavc</i> (libavcodec for H.264/MPEG-4), <i>copy</i> (for direct stream copy).<br><br><b><b>-of</b> <i>&lt;format&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the output container format (e.g., <i>avi</i>, <i>mpeg</i>, <i>mp4</i>, <i>ogm</i>).<br><br><b><b>-srate</b> <i>&lt;Hz&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the audio sample rate in Hz (e.g., <i>44100</i>, <i>48000</i>).<br><br><b><b>-vf</b> <i>&lt;filter1,filter2,...&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies video filters. Examples include <i>scale=W:H</i> (resize), <i>crop=W:H:X:Y</i> (crop), <i>denoise3d</i>, <i>expand</i>, <i>eq2</i>.<br><br><b><b>-af</b> <i>&lt;filter1,filter2,...&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies audio filters. Examples include <i>channels=N</i> (change channels), <i>resample=rate</i>, <i>volumedetect</i>.<br><br><b><b>-fps</b> <i>&lt;float&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output frames per second for video.<br><br><b><b>-ss</b> <i>&lt;seconds|HH:MM:SS&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Starts encoding at the specified time offset from the beginning of the input.<br><br><b><b>-endpos</b> <i>&lt;seconds|HH:MM:SS&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Encodes only up to the specified end position relative to the <i>-ss</i> position.<br><br><b><b>-aspect</b> <i>&lt;ratio&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the output display aspect ratio (e.g., <i>4:3</i>, <i>16:9</i>).<br><br><b><b>-pass</b> <i>&lt;1|2&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables two-pass encoding for better quality and file size control (first pass generates statistics, second pass uses them).<br><br><b><b>-lavcopts</b> <i>&lt;options&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Passes specific options directly to the <i>libavcodec</i> video encoder (e.g., <i>vbitrate=1500</i>, <i>keyint=250</i>).<br><br><b><b>-xvidencopts</b> <i>&lt;options&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Passes specific options directly to the <i>XviD</i> video encoder.<br><br><b><b>-mc</b> <i>&lt;0|1&gt;</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Controls motion compensation; <i>0</i> disables it, which can be useful for problematic inputs.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>mencoder</i> is a free and open-source command-line tool for encoding video and audio. It is a sister project to <i>MPlayer</i>, a widely used media player. <br><br><i>mencoder</i> is capable of reading from a vast array of input formats and sources, including local files, DVDs, network streams, and more. It can then encode these into various output formats and codecs, providing extensive control over the encoding process through a rich set of options and filters for both video and audio. <br><br>While highly popular in its prime for its versatility in tasks like video editing, filtering, format conversion, and re-encoding, its development has largely ceased. Most of its functionalities have been absorbed and significantly expanded upon by <i>FFmpeg</i>, which has become the de facto standard for multimedia processing. Despite this, <i>mencoder</i> still holds relevance for specific legacy workflows or users familiar with its powerful, albeit complex, command-line interface.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<i>mencoder</i> is largely considered a legacy tool; its development has ceased. This means it may lack support for newer codecs, formats, and hardware accelerations found in actively maintained projects like <i>FFmpeg</i>. Its complex command-line syntax can also be challenging for new users. For most modern multimedia tasks, <i>FFmpeg</i> is the recommended and more robust alternative.


title: EXTENSIVE INPUT/OUTPUT FLEXIBILITY
content:
<i>mencoder</i> excels at handling a vast array of input sources, from local files to DVDs, VCDs, and network streams. It can also output to numerous container formats (AVI, MPEG, MP4, OGM, Matroska, etc.) and supports a wide range of video and audio codecs, providing immense flexibility for conversion and transcoding tasks.


title: FOCUS ON CONTROL AND FILTERING
content:
One of <i>mencoder</i>'s key strengths was its powerful filtering system. Users could chain multiple video and audio filters directly from the command line, enabling complex operations like resizing, cropping, deinterlacing, denoising, color correction, and audio normalization, all within a single command.


title: HISTORY
content:
<i>mencoder</i> originated as part of the <i>MPlayer</i> project, which began development in the late 1990s. It quickly gained popularity in the early 2000s, especially among Linux users, as a powerful and highly customizable command-line tool for video and audio encoding. Its ability to handle a wide range of formats and apply complex filters made it indispensable for many. However, with the rapid and extensive development of <i>FFmpeg</i>, which offers a more unified and comprehensive set of multimedia capabilities, <i>mencoder's</i> active development tapered off significantly. Today, while still functional, it is widely considered a mature, but no longer actively maintained, legacy tool.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
<i>mplayer(1)</i>: The media player component of the <i>MPlayer</i> project, often used in conjunction with <i>mencoder</i>., <i>ffmpeg(1)</i>: A comprehensive, cross-platform solution for recording, converting, and streaming audio and video, now the industry standard that has largely superseded <i>mencoder</i>., <i>vlc(1)</i>: A versatile multimedia player that also offers robust conversion and streaming capabilities.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-A</b>, <b>--show-all-dups</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output all conflicts, including those where one file deleted a block and the other modified it. Normally, only conflicts where both files changed the same area are shown.<br><br><b><b>-E</b>, <b>--diff3-name</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use <b>diff3</b>-style output for conflict markers. This uses a simpler header format than the default.<br><br><b><b>-L</b> <I>label</I>, <b>--label=</b><I>label</I></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Use <I>label</I> instead of the filename in the conflict markers (<b>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;</b>, <b>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;</b>). This option can be specified up to three times to label <b><I>FILE1</I></b>, <b><I>BASE</I></b>, and <b><I>FILE2</I></b> respectively.<br><br><b><b>-p</b>, <b>--print-output</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Print the merged output to standard output instead of overwriting <b><I>FILE1</I></b>.<br><br><b><b>-q</b>, <b>--quiet</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Suppress all warning and error messages.<br><br><b><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Output version information and exit.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Display a help message and exit.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <b>merge</b> command performs a three-way merge of files, taking an original common base file and two modified versions of that base file.<br><br>Its primary purpose is to integrate changes from two different branches or versions of a file into a single, unified output. It automatically combines common sections and non-conflicting differences. When conflicts arise (where both modified files change the same section differently), <b>merge</b> marks these sections in the output file with special delimiters (e.g., <b>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;</b>, <b>=======</b>, <b>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;</b>), requiring manual resolution.<br><br>Often used by version control systems like Git and Mercurial as a default or configurable external merge tool. By default, it typically modifies the first input file (<b><I>FILE1</I></b>) in-place, but can print the result to standard output.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b>merge</b> assumes the three input files are related as described: <b><I>FILE1</I></b> and <b><I>FILE2</I></b> diverged from a common ancestor <b><I>BASE</I></b>. Providing unrelated files will likely lead to incorrect or nonsensical merge results.<br><br>Automatic merging cannot resolve all conflicts; complex changes require manual intervention by editing the file sections marked with conflict delimiters. The default behavior of overwriting <b><I>FILE1</I></b> can be destructive if not used carefully; consider using the <b>-p</b> option to print to stdout first.


title: CONFLICT MARKERS
content:
When <b>merge</b> cannot automatically resolve a difference, it inserts special markers into the output file to highlight the conflict. A common conflict block looks like this:<br><br><b>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; FILE1<br><I>content from FILE1</I><br>=======<br><I>content from FILE2</I><br>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; FILE2</b><br><br>The section between <b>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;</b> and <b>=======</b> represents <b><I>FILE1</I></b>'s version, and the section between <b>=======</b> and <b>&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;</b> represents <b><I>FILE2</I></b>'s version. The user must manually edit this block to resolve the conflict and remove the markers.


title: HISTORY
content:
The concept of three-way merging is foundational to version control systems. The <b>merge</b> utility, often part of the GNU Diff Utilities (<b>diffutils</b>) package, provides a standard, low-level implementation of this crucial function. It has been a staple in the Unix/Linux environment for decades, predating modern distributed version control systems like Git, but remains relevant as a robust tool for file comparison and merging tasks.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>y</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows other users to write messages to your terminal.<br><br><b>n</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Prevents other users from writing messages to your terminal.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
The <I>mesg</I> command controls whether other users can send messages to your terminal using commands like <I>write</I> or <I>talk</I>.<br>In a multi-user Linux environment, this feature allows users to communicate directly by sending text to another user's active terminal session. While useful for quick notifications, it can also be intrusive. The <I>mesg</I> command provides a simple way to manage this.<br><br>When run without arguments, <I>mesg</I> reports its current status, indicating whether messages are allowed or denied (e.g., "is y" or "is n"). By default, many systems might have messaging enabled upon login. Using <I>mesg y</I> explicitly permits messages, making your terminal accessible to other users for direct communication. Conversely, <I>mesg n</I> disallows messages, preventing unsolicited text from appearing on your screen and providing a level of privacy and control over your workspace. This command is particularly relevant in shared computing environments or academic settings where direct terminal interaction might still be common.


title: CAVEATS
content:
The <I>mesg</I> command controls access for regular users. It does not prevent the superuser (root) from writing to your terminal, for example, using commands like <I>wall</I>.<br>The setting is typically applied per terminal session (TTY). If you have multiple sessions open, you may need to set <I>mesg</I> individually for each.<br>Your shell's initialization files (<I>.profile</I>, <I>.bashrc</I>, etc.) or the system's <I>login</I> process might set a default <I>mesg</I> status upon login, potentially overriding a previous setting.


title: CHECKING CURRENT STATUS
content:
To check the current message status for your terminal, simply run <B>mesg</B> without any arguments. It will output "is y" if messages are allowed, or "is n" if they are denied. You can also observe the output of the <B>who</B> command; a plus sign (<B>+</B>) next to a user's terminal indicates that messages are allowed, while a minus sign (<B>-</B>) indicates they are denied.


title: MULTIPLE TERMINAL SESSIONS
content:
If you are logged in multiple times (e.g., through different virtual terminals, SSH sessions, or graphical terminal emulators), the <I>mesg</I> setting is specific to each <B>tty</B> (teletypewriter) session. Changing it in one session will not affect the others.


title: HISTORY
content:
The <I>mesg</I> command has been a standard utility in Unix-like operating systems for many decades, tracing its roots back to early Unix versions. Its primary function was to facilitate and control direct, synchronous communication between users on shared mainframe or minicomputer systems where users often logged into the same machine. In such environments, direct terminal-to-terminal messaging via commands like <I>write</I> was a primary form of real-time interaction. While its direct interactive use has diminished in prevalence with the advent of more sophisticated communication tools (email, instant messaging, chat platforms), <I>mesg</I> remains a fundamental part of the Unix toolset, ensuring backward compatibility and providing control over an underlying system feature.


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b><b>-i</b> <input_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the input 3D mesh file.<br><br><b><b>-o</b> <output_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path for the output 3D mesh file. The format is inferred from the extension.<br><br><b><b>-s</b> <script_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Applies a MeshLab script (<i>.mlx</i> file) containing a sequence of filters to be executed.<br><br><b><b>-p</b> <project_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Loads a MeshLab project (<i>.mlp</i> file) as input, which can contain multiple meshes and their properties.<br><br><b><b>-om</b> <output_mode></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Defines what components of the mesh should be saved in the output. E.g., <i>vc</i> (vertex colors), <i>vn</i> (vertex normals), <i>ft</i> (face textures).<br><br><b><b>-m</b> <output_flags></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Similar to <b>-om</b>, specifies the mesh components to save. This option is deprecated in newer versions, replaced by <b>-om</b>.<br><br><b><b>-l</b> <log_file></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Redirects verbose output and error messages to the specified log file.<br><br><b><b>-v</b> <log_level></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the verbosity level of the output (0 for silent, 1 for errors, 2 for warnings, 3 for info, 4 for debug).<br><br><b><b>-a</b> <param1>=<value1>,<param2>=<value2>...</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Allows passing arbitrary parameters to filters within a script. Useful for dynamic filter configuration.<br><br><b><b>--help</b></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays a help message with available command-line options and usage information.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<i>meshlabserver</i> is the headless, command-line version of the popular 3D mesh processing software <b>MeshLab</b>. It enables users to perform various operations on 3D models, such as format conversion, simplification, cleaning, merging, and filtering, without the need for a graphical user interface. This makes it ideal for batch processing, scripting, and integration into automated workflows on servers or compute clusters.<br><br>It supports a wide range of 3D file formats for input and output, including PLY, STL, OBJ, OFF, and 3DS. Its core functionality revolves around applying a sequence of filters defined in an XML-based MeshLab script (<i>.mlx</i> file), allowing complex processing pipelines to be automated.


title: CAVEATS
content:
Memory usage can be substantial for large 3D models, potentially leading to out-of-memory errors.<br>Creating effective <i>.mlx</i> filter scripts often requires prior knowledge of MeshLab's GUI and filter parameters.<br>Error messages from filters can sometimes be cryptic, making debugging challenging in a headless environment.


title: MESHLAB SCRIPT FILES (<I>.MLX</I>)
content:
These XML-based files are fundamental for <i>meshlabserver</i>. They define a sequence of filters with their specific parameters, allowing complex processing workflows to be automated. Users typically create and fine-tune these scripts within the graphical <b>MeshLab</b> application before utilizing them with <i>meshlabserver</i> for batch operations.


title: OUTPUT MODES (<I>-OM</I>)
content:
The <b>-om</b> option provides granular control over which mesh components (e.g., vertex colors, normals, texture coordinates, face colors) are preserved and saved in the output file. Understanding and correctly using these flags is crucial for maintaining data integrity and desired visual properties during model conversions and transformations.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b>MeshLab</b> was developed by the Visual Computing Lab of ISTI-CNR, originally as a project for managing and processing large 3D scans. <i>meshlabserver</i> was introduced to extend MeshLab's powerful processing capabilities to a non-interactive, command-line environment, addressing the need for batch operations, scripting, and integration into automated server-side workflows. Its development is continuous, with ongoing improvements and new filter additions.


title: SEE ALSO
content:
blender(1), open3d (Python library for 3D data processing), CloudCompare (another 3D point cloud/mesh processing tool)


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<br><b><code>meshnamed [-c <i>config_file</i>] [-p <i>pid_file</i>] [-g <i>group</i>] [-u <i>user</i>] [-d] [-v]</code></b><br>


title: PARAMETERS
content:
<b>-c <i>config_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the path to the JSON configuration file. By default, it looks for <code>/etc/meshnamed/config.json</code>.<br><br><b>-p <i>pid_file</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Sets the path for the PID file, which stores the process ID of the daemon. The default is <code>/run/meshnamed.pid</code>.<br><br><b>-g <i>group</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the group name to which the daemon will drop privileges after startup. Defaults to <code>nogroup</code>.<br><br><b>-u <i>user</i></b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Specifies the user name to which the daemon will drop privileges after startup. Defaults to <code>nobody</code>.<br><br><b>-d</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Enables debug mode. When this option is used, <code>meshnamed</code> will not daemonize and will log debug messages to standard error (<code>stderr</code>).<br><br><b>-v</b><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Displays the version information of the <code>meshnamed</code> utility and then exits.<br><br>


title: DESCRIPTION
content:
<b><code>meshnamed</code></b> is a lightweight, specialized DNS resolver designed primarily for mesh networks, such as those used by the Freifunk project. Its core function is to provide name resolution services within a mesh-VPN environment. Unlike general-purpose DNS servers like BIND, <b><code>meshnamed</code></b> is configured to resolve specific hostnames to IP addresses that are part of the mesh network's addressing scheme. It typically runs as a daemon, listening for DNS queries (usually on UDP port 53) and responding with configured mesh IPs for known names, while potentially forwarding other queries to an upstream resolver. This makes it crucial for services and devices within a mesh network to locate each other by name rather than just IP address.


title: CAVEATS
content:
<b><code>meshnamed</code></b> is a highly specialized DNS resolver intended for specific use cases within mesh networking environments (e.g., Freifunk). It is <i>not</i> a general-purpose DNS server replacement for services like BIND or dnsmasq. Its functionality is heavily dependent on its JSON configuration file, which defines the specific hostname-to-IP mappings for the mesh network. Without proper configuration, it will not function as expected for resolving mesh-specific names. It might not be available in standard distribution repositories and often needs to be installed from community-maintained packages or compiled from source.


title: CONFIGURATION FILE
content:
<b><code>meshnamed</code></b>'s operation is primarily driven by its JSON configuration file (defaulting to <code>/etc/meshnamed/config.json</code>). This file defines the specific hostname-to-IP mappings for the mesh network, allowing it to resolve names that are internal to the mesh. It also specifies upstream DNS servers for forwarding queries for non-mesh-related names. Without a correctly structured and populated configuration, <b><code>meshnamed</code></b> will not be able to perform its intended resolution tasks within the mesh.


title: DAEMONIZATION
content:
By default, <b><code>meshnamed</code></b> runs as a background daemon, making it suitable for continuous operation on a server or router within the mesh network. The <code>-d</code> (debug) option prevents daemonization, which is useful for troubleshooting and testing purposes as it keeps the process in the foreground and outputs logs to <code>stderr</code>.


title: HISTORY
content:
<b><code>meshnamed</code></b> emerged from community-driven mesh networking projects, most notably Freifunk. It was developed to address the specific need for name resolution within dynamically evolving mesh network topologies where traditional DNS setups might be cumbersome or ineffective. Its development aligns with the open-source ethos of these projects, providing a dedicated, lightweight solution for internal mesh network services to discover each other via DNS names. It is typically part of utility packages like <code>freifunk-lachs</code> or <code>mesh-vpn-dns</code>.


title: SYNOPSIS
content:
<b>meson</b> [<i>global-options</i>] <<i>command</i>> [<i>command-options</i>]<br><b>meson</b> [<i>global-options</i>] <<i>builddir</i>> [<i>sourcedir</i>] [<i>setup-options</i>]<br><b>meson</b> <i>--version</i> | <i>--help</i>


